1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.43 2002/08/26 21:53:31 gshapiro Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
10 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
11 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
12 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
13 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
14 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
15 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
16 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
17 Courtesan Consulting.
18 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
19 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
20 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
21 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
22 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
23 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
24 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
25 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
26 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
27 Earickson of Colby College.
28 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
29 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
30 Courtesan Consulting.
31 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
32 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
33 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
34 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
35 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
36 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
37 execve().
38 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
39 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
40 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
41 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
42 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
43 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
44 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
45 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
46 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
47 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
48 supposed for addresses on the header content.
49 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
50 Portability:
51 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
52 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
53 fix from Scott Walters.
54 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
55 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
56 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
57 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
58 NETISO support has been dropped.
59 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
60 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
61 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
62 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
63 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
64 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
65 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
66 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
67 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
68 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
69 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
70 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
71 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
72 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
73 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
74 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
75 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
76 University.
77 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
78 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
79 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
80 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
81 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
82 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
83 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
84 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
85 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
86 New Files:
87 contrib/etrn.0
88
898.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
90 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
91 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
92 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
93 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
94 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
95 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
96 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
97 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
98 with rogue DNS servers.
99 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
100 by Bryan Costales.
101 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
102 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
103 Costales.
104 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
105 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
106 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
107 Polytechnic Institute.
108 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
109 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
110 Portability:
111 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
112 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
113 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
114 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
115 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
116 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
117 8.13 will change the default locking method to
118 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
119 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
120 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
121 related programs to match locking techniques.
122
1238.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
124 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
125 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
126 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
127 section of the top level README for more information.
128 Problem noted by lumpy.
129 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
130 instead of 0644.
131 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
132 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
133 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
134 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
135 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
136 Purdue University.
137 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
138 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
139 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
140 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
141 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
142 of Active State.
143 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
144 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
145 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
146 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
147 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
148 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
149 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
150 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
151 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
152 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
153 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
154 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
155 or the queue.
156 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
157 user who started sendmail.
158 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
159 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
160 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
161 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
162 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
163 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
164 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
165 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
166 Portability:
167 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
168 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
169 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
170 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
171 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
172 Charles University in Prague.
173 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
174 memory.
175 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
176 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
177 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
178 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
179 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
180 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
181 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
182 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
183 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
184 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
185 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
186 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
187 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
188 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
189 noted by Bryan Costales.
190 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
191 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
192 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
193 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
194 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
195 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
196 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
197 match dnsbl change.
198 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
199 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
200 installing the sendmail statistics file.
201 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
202 a user's filter starts other applications.
203 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
204 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
205 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
206 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
207 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
208 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
209 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
210 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
211 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
212 noted by Bryan Costales.
213 New Files:
214 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
215
2168.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
217 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
218 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
219 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
220 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
221 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
222 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
223 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
224 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
225 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
226 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
227 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
228 University.
229 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
230 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
231 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
232 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
233 of INTERMETA.
234 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
235 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
236 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
237 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
238 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
239 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
240 ActiveState.
241 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
242 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
243 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
244 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
245 Northern Illinois University.
246 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
247 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
248 of Dinoex.
249 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
250 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
251 Polytechnic Institute.
252 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
253 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
254 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
255 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
256 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
257 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
258 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
259 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
260 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
261 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
262 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
263 missing arguments.
264 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
265 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
266 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
267 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
268 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
269 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
270 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
271 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
272 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
273 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
274 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
275 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
276 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
277 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
278 of Concordia University.
279 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
280 found by Mario Nigrovic.
281 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
282 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
283 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
284 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
285 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
286 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
287 Elvers.
288 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
289 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
290 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
291 total number of TCP connections.
292 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
293 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
294 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
295 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
296 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
297 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
298 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
299 Texas.
300 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
301 to 451.
302 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
303 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
304 patch by Bryan Costales.
305 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
306 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
307 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
308 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
309 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
310 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
311 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
312 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
313 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
314 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
315 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
316 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
317 command).
318 Portability:
319 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
320 available.
321 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
322 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
323 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
324 Skyrr.
325 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
326 noted by John Beck.
327 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
328 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
329 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
330 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
331 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
332 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
333 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
334 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
335 error.
336 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
337 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
338 Krzysztof Oledzki.
339 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
340 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
341 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
342 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
343 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
344 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
345 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
346 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
347 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
348 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
349 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
350 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
351 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
352 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
353 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
354 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
355 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
356 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
357 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
358 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
359 noted by John Beck.
360 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
361 if queue groups are used.
362 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
363 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
364 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
365 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
366 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
367 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
368 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
369 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
370 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
371 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
372 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
373 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
374 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
375 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
376 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
377 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
378 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
379 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
380 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
381 ldap_memfree().
382 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
383 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
384 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
385 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
386 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
387 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
388 San Francisco.
389 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
390 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
391 Joe Barbish.
392 New Files:
393 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
394
3958.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
396 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
397 at startup, only log an error message.
398 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
399 following -b) has been specified.
400 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
401 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
402 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
403 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
404 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
405 Regensburg.
406 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
407 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
408 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
409 Institute of Mining and Technology.
410 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
411 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
412 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
413 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
414 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
415 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
416 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
417 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
418 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
419 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
420 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
421 SMTP connections.
422 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
423 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
424 and Technology.
425 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
426 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
427 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
428 Meteorological Institute.
429 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
430 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
431 Online.
432 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
433 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
434 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
435 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
436 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
437 types, respectively.
438 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
439 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
440 of Virginia Tech.
441 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
442 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
443 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
444 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
445 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
446 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
447 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
448 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
449 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
450 of Vienna.
451 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
452 of Sun Microsystems.
453 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
454 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
455 with servers that do not support realms when using
456 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
457 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
458 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
459 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
460 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
461 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
462 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
463 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
464 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
465 instead of forcing localhost.
466 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
467 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
468 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
469 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
470 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
471 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
472 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
473 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
474 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
475 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
476 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
477 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
478 Compaq Computer Corp.
479 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
480 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
481 Tech.
482 Portability:
483 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
484 patch provided by HP.
485 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
486 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
487 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
488 Sachin of Siemens.
489 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
490 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
491 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
492 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
493 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
494 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
495 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
496 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
497 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
498 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
499 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
500 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
501 Hewlett-Packard.
502 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
503 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
504 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
505 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
506 Virginia Tech.
507 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
508 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
509 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
510 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
511 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
512 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
513 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
514 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
515 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
516 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
517 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
518 Florida.
519 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
520 Altin Waldmann.
521 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
522 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
523 Hewlett-Packard.
524 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
525 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
526 of MSFU.
527 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
528 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
529 Institute.
530 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
531 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
532 to free memory twice.
533 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
534 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
535 of Sun Microsystems.
536 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
537 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
538 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
539 University of Athens.
540 New Files:
541 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
542 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
543 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
544 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
545 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
546 devtools/OS/MPE-iX
547 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
548 libsm/mpeix.c
549
5508.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
551 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
552 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
553 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
554 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
555 found by Michal Zalewski.
556 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
557 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
558 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
559 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
560 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
561 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
562 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
563 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
564 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
565 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
566 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
567 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
568 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
569 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
570 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
571 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
572 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
573 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
574 canonical name for a host.
575 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
576 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
577 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
578 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
579 Portability:
580 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
581 `uname` does not given complete information.
582 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
583 Aircraft Company.
584 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
585 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
586 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
587 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
588 Courtesan Consulting.
589 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
590 problems with potential misconfigurations.
591 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
592 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
593 Technology Organisation of Australia.
594 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
595 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
596 then use it.
597 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
598 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
599 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
600 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
601 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
602 and vacation.
603 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
604 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
605 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
606 New Files:
607 test/Build
608 test/Makefile
609 test/Makefile.m4
610 test/README
611 test/t_dropgid.c
612 test/t_setgid.c
613 Deleted Files:
614 include/sm/stdio.h
615 include/sm/sysstat.h
616
6178.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
618 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
619 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
620 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
621 default). The installation process tries to install
622 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
623 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
624 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
625 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
626 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
627 flags:
628 GroupWritableForwardFile
629 WorldWritableForwardFile
630 GroupWritableIncludeFile
631 WorldWritableIncludeFile
632 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
633 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
634 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
635 (IdS).
636 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
637 point where the variable could become overused for more than
638 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
639 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
640 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
641 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
642 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
643 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
644 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
645 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
646 see sendmail/SECURITY.
647 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
648 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
649 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
650 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
651 sendmail/SECURITY.
652 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
653 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
654 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
655 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
656 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
657 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
658 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
659 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
660 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
661 command has been removed.
662 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
663 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
664 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
665 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
666 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
667 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
668 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
669 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
670 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
671 supported.
672 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
673 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
674 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
675 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
676 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
677 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
678 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
679 creation rather than just before delivery.
680 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
681 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
682 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
683 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
684 preference matches (coattail).
685 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
686 try other MX hosts if available.
687 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
688 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
689 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
690 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
691 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
692 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
693 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
694 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
695 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
696 removed in future versions.
697 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
698 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
699 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
700 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
701 doc/op/op.me for details.
702 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
703 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
704 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
705 of the presented certificate, respectively.
706 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
707 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
708 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
709 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
710 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
711 enough on a per recipient basis.
712 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
713 for STARTTLS.
714 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
715 value "NOT".
716 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
717 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
718 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
719 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
720 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
721 really required. This change results in a noticable
722 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
723 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
724 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
725 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
726 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
727 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
728 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
729 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
730 command line, then the value also limits the number of
731 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
732 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
733 by a queue run.
734 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
735 system each queue directory resides in.
736 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
737 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
738 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
739 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
740 collected together) to process the same work list at the
741 same time.
742 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
743 active queue runner processes.
744 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
745 runners per queue group.
746 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
747 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
748 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
749 of the queue that match during processing.
750 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
751 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
752 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
753 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
754 persistent queue runner.
755 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
756 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
757 sendmail -q15m).
758 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
759 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
760 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
761 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
762 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
763 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
764 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
765 of the qf file (older entries first).
766 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
767 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
768 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
769 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
770 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
771 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
772 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
773 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
774 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
775 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
776 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
777 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
778 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
779 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
780 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
781 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
782 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
783 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
784 details.
785 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
786 the number of entries in the queue(s).
787 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
788 and the usual documentation for details.
789 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
790 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
791 announced in 8.10.
792 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
793 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
794 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
795 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
796 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
797 -r (number of retries).
798 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
799 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
800 and value separated by the given separator.
801 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
802 to map class arith.
803 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
804 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
805 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
806 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
807 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
808 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
809 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
810 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
811 filenames with spaces).
812 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
813 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
814 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
815 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
816 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
817 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
818 to the loopback net.
819 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
820 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
821 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
822 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
823 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
824 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
825 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
826 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
827 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
828 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
829 Development Group.
830 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
831 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
832 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
833 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
834 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
835 load average is exceeded.
836 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
837 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
838 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
839 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
840 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
841 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
842 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
843 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
844 instead.
845 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
846 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
847 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
848 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
849 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
850 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
851 for direct (command line) submissions.
852 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
853 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
854 Hagino of the KAME Project.
855 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
856 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
857 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
858 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
859 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
860 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
861 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
862 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
863 before logging.
864 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
865 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
866 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
867 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
868 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
869 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
870 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
871 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
872 of the Universitat Regensburg.
873 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
874 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
875 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
876 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
877 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
878 See libsm/index.html for details.
879 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
880 care of by fork() and exit().
881 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
882 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
883 new and old (from new libsm).
884 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
885 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
886 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
887 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
888 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
889 synchronizations calls.
890 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
891 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
892 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
893 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
894 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
895 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
896 for details.
897 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
898 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
899 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
900 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
901 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
902 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
903 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
904 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
905 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
906 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
907 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
908 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
909 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
910 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
911 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
912 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
913 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
914 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
915 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
916 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
917 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
918 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
919 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
920 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
921 Urbana-Champaign.
922 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
923 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
924 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
925 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
926 connections.
927 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
928 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
929 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
930 cf/README.
931 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
932 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
933 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
934 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
935 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
936 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
937 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
938 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
939 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
940 example).
941 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
942 the default schema used in the above two items.
943 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
944 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
945 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
946 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
947 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
948 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
949 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
950 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
951 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
952 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
953 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
954 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
955 HELO/EHLO commands.
956 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
957 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
958 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
959 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
960 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
961 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
962 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
963 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
964 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
965 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
966 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
967 (verbose) command line option.
968 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
969 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
970 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
971 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
972 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
973 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
974 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
975 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
976 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
977 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
978 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
979 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
980 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
981 British Columbia.
982 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
983 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
984 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
985 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
986 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
987 if required.
988 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
989 class instead.
990 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
991 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
992 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
993 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
994 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
995 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
996 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
997 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
998 Nelson of IBM.
999 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1000 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1001 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1002 their defaults are:
1003 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1004 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1005 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1006 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1007 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1008 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1009 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1010 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1011 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1012 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1013 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1014 Meteorological Institute.
1015 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1016 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1017 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1018 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1019 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1020 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1021 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1022 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1023 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
1024 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1025 See sendmail/README for further information.
1026 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1027 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
1028 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1029 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1030 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1031 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1032 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
1033 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1034 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1035 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1036 flora.ca.
1037 Portability:
1038 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1039 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
1040 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1041 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1042 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1043 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1044 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
1045 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1046 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1047 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1048 Solaris 8 and later.
1049 Add support for OpenUNIX.
1050 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1051 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1052 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1053 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1054 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1055 temporary lookup failures.
1056 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1057 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1058 or IP nets.
1059 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1060 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1061 to get through.
1062 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1063 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1064 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
1065 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1066 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1067 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1068 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1069 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1070 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1071 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1072 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1073 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1074 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1075 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1076 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1077 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1078 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1079 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1080 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1081 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1082 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1083 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1084 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1085 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1086 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1087 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1088 cf/README for details.
1089 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1090 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1091 University of Maryland.
1092 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1093 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1094 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1095 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1096 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1097 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1098 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1099 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1100 Solving.
1101 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1102 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1103 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1104 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1105 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1106 immediately.
1107 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1108 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1109 See cf/README for details.
1110 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1111 temporary lookup failures.
1112 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1113 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1114 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1115 memory use.
1116 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1117 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1118 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1119 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
1120 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1121 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1122 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1123 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1124 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1125 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1126 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1127 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1128 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
1129 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
1130 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
1131 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1132 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1133 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1134 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1135 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
1136 additional details.
1137 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1138 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1139 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
1140 information.
1141 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1142 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
1143 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1144 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1145 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
1146 recipients as user unknown.
1147 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1148 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1149 section of cf/README for more information.
1150 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1151 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1152 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1153 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1154 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1155 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1156 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1157 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
1158 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
1159 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
1160 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
1161 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
1162 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
1163 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
1164 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
1165 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
1166 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1167 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1168 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
1169 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
1170 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
1171 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
1172 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1173 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
1174 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
1175 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
1176 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
1177 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
1178 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
1179 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1180 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1181 doc/op/op.me for details.
1182 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1183 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
1184 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1185 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1186 dequote map.
1187 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1188 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1189 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1190 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1191 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
1192 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1193 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1194 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1195 This affects the access database as well as the
1196 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1197 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1198 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1199 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1200 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1201 Mississippi State University.
1202 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1203 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1204 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1205 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1206 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1207 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1208 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1209 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1210 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1211 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1212 systems which don't include cat directories.
1213 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1214 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1215 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
1216 mailbox database type.
1217 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1218 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1219 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
1220 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1221 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1222 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1223 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1224 instead of white space.
1225 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1226 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1227 Meteorological Institute.
1228 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1229 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1230 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1231 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1232 instead of syslog.
1233 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1234 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
1235 to specify the database and message file since there is no
1236 home directory for the default settings for these options.
1237 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1238 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1239 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
1240 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1241 New Directories:
1242 libmilter/docs
1243 New Files:
1244 cf/cf/README
1245 cf/cf/submit.cf
1246 cf/cf/submit.mc
1247 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1248 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1249 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1250 cf/feature/msp.m4
1251 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1252 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1253 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1254 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1255 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1256 cf/sendmail.schema
1257 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1258 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1259 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1260 editmap/*
1261 include/sm/*
1262 libsm/*
1263 libsmutil/cf.c
1264 libsmutil/err.c
1265 sendmail/SECURITY
1266 sendmail/TUNING
1267 sendmail/bf.c
1268 sendmail/bf.h
1269 sendmail/sasl.c
1270 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1271 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1272 sendmail/tls.c
1273 Deleted Files:
1274 cf/feature/rbl.m4
1275 cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1276 devtools/OS/AIX.2
1277 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1278 include/sendmail/errstring.h
1279 include/sendmail/useful.h
1280 libsmutil/errstring.c
1281 sendmail/bf_portable.c
1282 sendmail/bf_portable.h
1283 sendmail/bf_torek.c
1284 sendmail/bf_torek.h
1285 sendmail/clock.c
1286 Renamed Files:
1287 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1288 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1289 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1290
12918.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
1292 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1293 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
1294 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1295 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
1296 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1297 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1298 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
1299 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1300 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1301 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
1302 Werner Wiethege.
1303 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
1304 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1305
13068.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
1307 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1308 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
1309 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1310 of SE Netway Communications.
1311 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1312 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1313 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1314 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1315 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
1316 Bosserman of EarthLink.
1317 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1318 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1319 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1320 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1321 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1322 University College.
1323 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
1324 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1325 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1326 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1327 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1328 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1329 University at Albany.
1330 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1331 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1332 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1333 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1334 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1335 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1336 Portability:
1337 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
1338 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1339 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1340 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1341 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1342 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1343 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
1344 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1345 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1346 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1347
13488.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
1349 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1350 corruption and other potential race conditions.
1351 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1352 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
1353 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
1354 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1355 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1356 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1357 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1358 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1359 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1360 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1361 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
1362 from Kenji Miyake.
1363 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1364 QueueDirectory wildcards.
1365 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1366 the same map again while exiting.
1367 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1368 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1369 of Tuebingen.
1370 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1371 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1372 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1373 Oklahoma State University.
1374 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1375 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1376 InTouch Systems, Inc.
1377 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1378 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1379 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1380 Morgan Stanley.
1381 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1382 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
1383 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1384 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
1385 from Werner Wiethege.
1386 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1387 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
1388 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1389 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1390 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1391 Internet Services.
1392 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
1393 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1394 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
1395 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1396 Portability:
1397 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1398 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1399 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1400 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1401 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1402 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1403 Meteorological Institute.
1404 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1405 since it generates random process ids.
1406 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1407 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1408 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1409 New Files:
1410 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1411
14128.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
1413 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1414 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1415 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1416 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1417 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1418 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1419 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1420 communications consulting gmbh.
1421 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1422 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1423 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1424 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1425 connection came in from the command line.
1426 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1427 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
1428 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1429 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1430 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1431 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1432 when they were committed.
1433 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1434 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1435 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1436 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1437 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
1438 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1439 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1440 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1441 University.
1442 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1443 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1444 accept() completes.
1445 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1446 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1447 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1448 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1449 Wellcome.
1450 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1451 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1452 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1453 University.
1454 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1455 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1456 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1457 University of New Brunswick.
1458 Portability:
1459 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1460 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1461 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1462 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1463 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1464 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
1465 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
1466 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1467 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1468 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
1469 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1470 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1471 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1472 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1473 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1474 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1475 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1476 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
1477 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1478 Institute.
1479 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1480 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
1481 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1482 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1483 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1484 Renamed Files:
1485 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1486
14878.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
1488 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1489 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
1490 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
1491 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1492 Schools" project (IdS).
1493 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1494 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1495 be enabled by compiling with:
1496 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1497 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
1498 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1499 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1500 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1501 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1502 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1503 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1504 Colby College.
1505 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1506 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1507 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1508 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1509 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1510 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1511 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1512 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1513 NxNetworks, Inc.
1514 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1515 client name.
1516 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1517 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1518 the Universitat Regensburg.
1519 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1520 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1521 University of Arizona.
1522 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1523 of Collective Technologies.
1524 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1525 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1526 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1527 Engineering.
1528 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1529 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1530 Meteorological Institute.
1531 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1532 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1533 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1534 Meteorological Institute.
1535 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
1536 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1537 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
1538 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1539 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1540 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1541 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1542 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1543 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1544 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1545 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1546 overall connections, not the number of connections per
1547 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
1548 counting.
1549 Portability:
1550 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1551 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
1552 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1553 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1554 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1555 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
1556 Rosenman.
1557 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1558 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1559 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1560 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1561 of Pacific Access.
1562 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
1563 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1564 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1565 Microsystems.
1566 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1567 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1568 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1569 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1570 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1571 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1572 implicitly assume canonical host names.
1573 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
1574 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1575 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1576 Virginia Tech.
1577 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1578 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
1579 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1580 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1581 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
1582 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1583 gmbh.
1584 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
1585 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1586 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1587 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1588 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1589 of Kyoto University.
1590 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
1591 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1592 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1593 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
1594 version.
1595 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1596 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1597 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1598 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1599 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1600 or *-owner.
1601 New Files:
1602 cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1603 contrib/buildvirtuser
1604 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1605
16068.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
1607 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1608 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1609 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1610 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
1611 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1612 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1613 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1614 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1615 wildcards.
1616 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1617 process may close the connection before the child process
1618 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1619 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1620 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1621 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1622 read the LDAP secret from a file.
1623 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1624 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1625 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1626 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1627 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1628 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1629 of EarthLink.
1630 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1631 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1632 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
1633 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1634 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
1635 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1636 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1637 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
1638 Fournier of Acadia University.
1639 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1640 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
1641 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1642 one of the others may be able to take over.
1643 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1644 previous load average query result.
1645 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1646 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1647 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
1648 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1649 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1650 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1651 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1652 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
1653 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1654 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1655 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1656 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1657 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
1658 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1659 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
1660 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1661 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1662 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1663 University of British Columbia.
1664 Portability:
1665 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1666 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1667 override the setting. Suggested by
1668 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1669 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1670 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
1671 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1672 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1673 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1674 College.
1675 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
1676 Tom Moore of NCR.
1677 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
1678 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1679 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
1680 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
1681 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1682 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1683 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1684 Consulting.
1685 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1686 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1687 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1688 errors in the MAIL address.
1689 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
1690 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1691 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1692 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1693 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1694 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
1695 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
1696 Ericsson.
1697 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1698 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1699 mailer as described in cf/README.
1700 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1701 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1702 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1703 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1704 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1705 sendmail.
1706 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1707 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1708 Meteorological Institute.
1709 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1710 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1711 dot as the only character on the line.
1712 New Files:
1713 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1714
17158.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
1716 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1717 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1718 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1719 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
1720 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1721 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
1722 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1723 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1724 it populates. It is possible that some broken
1725 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1726 Systems in this category should compile with
1727 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1728 system and report broken implementations to
1729 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
1730 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1731 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1732 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1733 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1734 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1735 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1736 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
1737 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1738 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1739 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1740 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
1741 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1742 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1743 random data.
1744 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1745 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1746 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1747 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1748 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
1749 Martin of CMU.
1750 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1751 strength factor.
1752 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1753 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
1754 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
1755 of CMU.
1756 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1757 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1758 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1759 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
1760 documented, unless a family is specified in a
1761 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
1762 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1763 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1764 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1765 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
1766 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1767 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1768 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1769 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1770 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1771 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
1772 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1773 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1774 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
1775 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
1776 of Sun Microsystems.
1777 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1778 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1779 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
1780 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1781 the incoming information in the queue file for later
1782 delivery attempts.
1783 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1784 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1785 smoe.org.
1786 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1787 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
1788 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1789 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1790 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1791 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1792 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1793 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
1794 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1795 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1796 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
1797 Hedeland of Ericsson.
1798 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1799 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1800 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1801 of Northern Illinois University.
1802 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
1803 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1804 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1805 to kilobyte units.
1806 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1807 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1808 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1809 Polytechnic.
1810 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1811 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1812 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
1813 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1814 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1815 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1816 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1817 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1818 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1819 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1820 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1821 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1822 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1823 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1824 G. Thomas Consulting.
1825 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1826 port number (113).
1827 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1828 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1829 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1830 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
1831 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1832 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1833 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1834 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1835 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1836 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1837 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1838 University of Mainz.
1839 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1840 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1841 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
1842 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1843 Portability:
1844 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1845 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
1846 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1847 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1848 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1849 work properly causing problems if the accept()
1850 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
1851 from Tom Moore of NCR.
1852 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
1853 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1854 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1855 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
1856 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1857 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1858 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1859 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1860 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1861 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1862 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
1863 confCACERT CACERTFile
1864 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
1865 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
1866 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
1867 confRAND_FILE RandFile
1868 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
1869 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
1870 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
1871 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
1872 cf/README for more information.
1873 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
1874 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
1875 called due to a STARTTLS command.
1876 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
1877 instead of temporary.
1878 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
1879 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
1880 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
1881 Consulting.
1882 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
1883 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
1884 RootsWeb.com.
1885 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
1886 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
1887 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
1888 University of Maryland.
1889 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
1890 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
1891 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
1892 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
1893 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
1894 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
1895 of the University of Alberta.
1896 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
1897 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
1898 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
1899 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
1900 of X.509 certificates.
1901 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
1902 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
1903 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
1904 Universitat Regensburg.
1905 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
1906 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1907 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
1908 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1909 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
1910 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1911 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
1912 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
1913 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1914 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
1915 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
1916 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
1917 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
1918 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
1919 University.
1920 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
1921 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
1922 links.
1923 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
1924 reported.
1925 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
1926 Denman Tire Corporation.
1927 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
1928 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
1929 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
1930 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
1931 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
1932 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
1933 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
1934 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
1935 have a From line.
1936 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
1937 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
1938 Added Files:
1939 cf/ostype/darwin.m4
1940 contrib/cidrexpand
1941 contrib/link_hash.sh
1942 contrib/movemail.conf
1943 contrib/movemail.pl
1944 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
1945 test/t_snprintf.c
1946
19478.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
1948 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
1949 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
1950 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
1951 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
1952 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
1953 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
1954 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
1955 Added Files:
1956 test/t_setuid.c
1957
19588.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
1959 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
1960 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
1961 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
1962 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
1963 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
1964 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
1965 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
1966 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
1967 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
1968 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
1969 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
1970 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1971 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
1972 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
1973 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1974 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
1975 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
1976 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
1977 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
1978 or higher.
1979 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
1980 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
1981 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
1982 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
1983 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1984 Polytechnic Institute.
1985 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
1986 discards the message.
1987 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
1988 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
1989 attempted to the alias.
1990 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
1991 flag options.
1992 Portability:
1993 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
1994 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
1995 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
1996 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
1997 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1998 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
1999 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2000 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2001 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2002 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2003 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2004 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2005 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2006 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2007 Services, LLC.
2008 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2009 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
2010 Courtesan Consulting.
2011 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
2012 Siemens Business Services.
2013 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2014 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2015 of WSRCC.
2016 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2017 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2018 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2019 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2020 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2021 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2022 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2023 of NEC.
2024 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2025 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2026 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2027 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2028 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2029 Virginia Tech.
2030 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2031 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2032 University.
2033 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2034 for other internal projects but included in the open source
2035 release.
2036 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2037 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2038 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
2039 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2040 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2041 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2042 Sendmail.
2043 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2044 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
2045 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2046 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2047 as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2048 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
2049 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2050 Northern Illinois University.
2051 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2052 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2053 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
2054 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2055 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2056 Polytechnique de Montreal.
2057 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2058 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2059 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2060 Added Files:
2061 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2062 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2063 Deleted Files:
2064 contrib/converting.sun.configs
2065 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2066 doc/intro
2067 doc/usenix
2068 doc/changes
2069
20708.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
2071 *************************************************************
2072 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
2073 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
2074 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
2075 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
2076 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
2077 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
2078 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
2079 * coach, and a friend. *
2080 * *
2081 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
2082 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
2083 * Julie, we miss you! *
2084 *************************************************************
2085 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2086 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2087 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2088 symbolic link target.
2089 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2090 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2091 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2092 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2093 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2094 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2095 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
2096 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2097 version of sendmail.
2098 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2099 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
2100 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2101 (IdS).
2102 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
2103 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
2104 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2105 for easier code sharing among the programs.
2106 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
2107 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2108 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2109 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2110 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2111 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2112 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2113 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2114 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2115 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2116 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2117 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2118 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2119 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2120 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2121 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2122 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2123 now listen on several different ports. Use:
2124 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2125 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2126 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2127 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2128 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
2129 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2130 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2131 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2132 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2133 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
2134 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2135 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
2136 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2137 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2138 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2139 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2140 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2141 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2142 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2143 accordingly.
2144 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2145 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2146 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
2147 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2148 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
2149 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2150 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2151 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2152 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2153 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2154 InCert Software.
2155 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2156 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2157 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
2158 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2159 a control socket request.
2160 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2161 settings:
2162 Timeout.resolver.retrans
2163 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2164 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2165 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2166 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2167 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2168 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2169 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2170 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2171 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2172 delivery attempt.
2173 Timeout.resolver.retry
2174 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2175 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2176 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2177 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2178 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2179 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2180 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2181 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2182 query for all resolver lookups except the first
2183 delivery attempt.
2184 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2185 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
2186 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
2187 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2188 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2189 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
2190 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2191 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
2192 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2193 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
2194 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2195 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2196 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2197 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2198 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
2199 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2200 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2201 Telecommunications Ltd.
2202 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2203 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2204 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
2205 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
2206 Inc.
2207 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2208 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2209 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2210 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2211 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2212 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
2213 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2214 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2215 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2216 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2217 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2218 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2219 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2220 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2221 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2222 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2223 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2224 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2225 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2226 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2227 Ltd.
2228 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2229 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
2230 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
2231 example mailer might be:
2232 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2233 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2234 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2235 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2236 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
2237 instead.
2238 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2239 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2240 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2241 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2242 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2243 flags.
2244 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2245 body of the original message on delivery status
2246 notifications.
2247 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
2248 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2249 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2250 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
2251 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2252 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
2253 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
2254 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2255 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
2256 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2257 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
2258 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2259 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
2260 Conwell of Boston University.
2261 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
2262 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2263 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2264 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2265 @Home Network.
2266 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2267 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
2268 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2269 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2270 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2271 similar to check_rcpt etc.
2272 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2273 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2274 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2275 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2276 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2277 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2278 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
2279 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2280 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2281 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
2282 Mathias Herberts.
2283 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2284 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2285 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2286 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2287 in check_compat).
2288 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2289 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2290 option.
2291 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2292 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2293 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2294 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2295 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2296 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2297 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2298 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2299 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2300 is set.
2301 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2302 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2303 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2304 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
2305 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2306 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2307 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2308 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2309 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
2310 a denial-of-service attack.
2311 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2312 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
2313 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2314 overflow attacks.
2315 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2316 alias recursion.
2317 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2318 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2319 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2320 directly before the newline.
2321 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2322 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2323 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
2324 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2325 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2326 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
2327 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2328 could not be opened.
2329 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
2330 value of this option is macro expanded.
2331 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2332 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2333 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2334 (along with the already existing macros):
2335 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
2336 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2337 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2338 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2339 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2340 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
2341 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2342 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2343 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2344 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
2345 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2346 loopback net.
2347 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2348 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2349 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2350 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2351 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2352 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
2353 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2354 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2355 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
2356 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2357 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
2358 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2359 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2360 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2361 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2362 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
2363 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2364 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2365 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2366 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
2367 Ericsson.
2368 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2369 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
2370 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
2371 of Ericsson.
2372 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2373 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
2374 of Renaissance Internet Services.
2375 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2376 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2377 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2378 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2379 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2380 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
2381 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2382 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2383 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
2384 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2385 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2386 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2387 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2388 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2389 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2390 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2391 equate name.
2392 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2393 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2394 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2395 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2396 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2397 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
2398 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
2399 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2400 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2401 David Cooley of Colby College.
2402 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2403 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
2404 already decided the message will be passed to another host
2405 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2406 Buckeridge Young Limited.
2407 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2408 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2409 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
2410 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
2411 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2412 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
2413 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2414 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
2415 of Stanford University.
2416 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
2417 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2418 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2419 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2420 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
2421 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
2422 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2423 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2424 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2425 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
2426 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2427 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
2428 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2429 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2430 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2431 attributes found in the match will be returned.
2432 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2433 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
2434 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2435 comma separated key and value strings.
2436 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2437 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2438 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2439 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2440 a single connection to that host.
2441 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2442 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2443 LDAP lookups.
2444 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2445 resources.
2446 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2447 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2448 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
2449 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2450 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2451 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
2452 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2453 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2454 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2455 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2456 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2457 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2458 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2459 with the name "*".
2460 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2461 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2462 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2463 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2464 matches to return.
2465 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2466 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
2467 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
2468 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2469 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2470 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2471 are defined.
2472 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2473 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2474 Tech.
2475 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
2476 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2477 important if you have large classes.
2478 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2479 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
2480 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2481 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2482 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2483 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2484 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2485 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
2486 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2487 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2488 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
2489 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2490 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2491 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
2492 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2493 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
2494 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2495 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2496 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2497 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2498 determined). For single processor machines, this change
2499 has no effect.
2500 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2501 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2502 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
2503 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2504 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2505 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2506 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2507 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2508 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2509 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2510 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
2511 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2512 connection-based denial of service attacks.
2513 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2514 10 or higher.
2515 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2516 information (from= syslog line).
2517 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2518 equate (dsn=).
2519 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2520 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More
2521 information is available at
2522 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark
2523 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2524 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2525 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2526 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2527 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
2528 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2529 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2530 the program as the default user and the default group, not
2531 the forward file user. This change also assures the
2532 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2533 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
2534 Popovici of DNT Romania.
2535 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2536 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
2537 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2538 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2539 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2540 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2541 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2542 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2543 helpful to know the sender of the message.
2544 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2545 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2546 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2547 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2548 multiple files.
2549 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2550 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2551 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2552 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2553 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2554 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
2555 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2556 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
2557 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2558 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2559 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2560 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2561 length before the attempt.
2562 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2563 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
2564 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2565 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
2566 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2567 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2568 host status files, not all files.
2569 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2570 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2571 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2572 Wonderworks Inc.
2573 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2574 macro map class. This can be used to store information
2575 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2576 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2577 of Hannover.
2578 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
2579 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2580 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2581 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
2582 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2583 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2584 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2585 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2586 flag:
2587 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2588 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2589 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2590 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2591 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2592 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
2593 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2594 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
2595 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2596 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2597 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2598 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2599 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
2600 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2601 version.
2602 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2603 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2604 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2605 if referencing a named ruleset.
2606 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2607 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2608 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2609 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
2610 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
2611 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2612 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
2613 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
2614 the University of Maryland.
2615 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2616 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2617 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2618 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
2619 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2620 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2621 COMMANDS).
2622 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2623 but for outgoing connections.
2624 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2625 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2626 a require authentication
2627 b bind to interface through which mail has
2628 been received
2629 c perform hostname canonification
2630 f require fully qualified hostname
2631 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2632 command
2633 C don't perform hostname canonification
2634 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2635 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2636 h use name of interface for HELO command
2637 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2638 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2639 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2640 Institutes of Health.
2641 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2642 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2643 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2644 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
2645 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2646 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2647 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2648 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2649 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2650 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2651 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2652 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
2653 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2654 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2655 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2656 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2657 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2658 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2659 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2660 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2661 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2662 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
2663 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2664 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
2665 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2666 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2667 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2668 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2669 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2670 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2671 timeout.
2672 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2673 interface address structure when loading the system network
2674 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2675 Nanoteq.
2676 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2677 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2678 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
2679 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
2680 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2681 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2682 on load average.
2683 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2684 Northern Illinois University.
2685 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2686 envelope splitting has occurred.
2687 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2688 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2689 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2690 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2691 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2692 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2693 Institute.
2694 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2695 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
2696 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2697 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2698 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2699 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
2700 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2701 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2702 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2703 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2704 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2705 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2706 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2707 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
2708 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2709 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2710 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2711 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2712 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2713 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2714 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2715 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
2716 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2717 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2718 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2719 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2720 University.
2721 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2722 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2723 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2724 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2725 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
2726 ruleset lines as well.
2727 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2728 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2729 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
2730 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2731 Institute.
2732 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2733 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2734 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2735 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2736 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2737 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2738 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2739 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2740 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2741 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2742 of Ericsson.
2743 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2744 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2745 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2746 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2747 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2748 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2749 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
2750 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2751 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2752 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2753 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2754 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
2755 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2756 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2757 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
2758 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2759 University.
2760 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2761 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2762 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2763 'sendmail -bs'.
2764 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2765 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2766 them in the .cf file.
2767 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2768 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2769 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2770 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2771 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2772 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2773 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2774 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
2775 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2776 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2777 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2778 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
2779 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
2780 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2781 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
2782 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2783 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2784 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
2785 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2786 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
2787 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2788 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2789 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2790 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
2791 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2792 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
2793 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2794 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2795 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
2796 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
2797 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2798 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2799 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
2800 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
2801 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2802 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
2803 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2804 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2805 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
2806 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2807 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
2808 don't fail on ANY queries.
2809 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2810 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2811 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2812 Northern Illinois University.
2813 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2814 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2815 State University.
2816 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2817 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2818 Northern Illinois University.
2819 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2820 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2821 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2822 Portability:
2823 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2824 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2825 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2826 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
2827 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2828 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2829 This allows network interface probing to work
2830 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
2831 University of Iowa.
2832 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2833 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2834 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2835 name.
2836 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2837 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2838 Virginia Tech.
2839 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2840 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2841 Amsterdam.
2842 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2843 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2844 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2845 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2846 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2847 in building the operating system. Users can
2848 override the defaults by setting confCC and
2849 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2850 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2851 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2852 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2853 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2854 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2855 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2856 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2857 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2858 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2859 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2860 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
2861 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2862 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2863 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2864 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2865 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2866 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2867 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
2868 use that value in conf.h.
2869 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
2870 BITart Consulting.
2871 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
2872 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
2873 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
2874 Computer, Inc.
2875 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
2876 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
2877 of E I A.
2878 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
2879 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
2880 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
2881 fchown(2).
2882 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
2883 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
2884 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
2885 srandomdev(3).
2886 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
2887 setlogin(2).
2888 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
2889 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
2890 Siemens Business Services.
2891 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
2892 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
2893 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
2894 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
2895 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
2896 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
2897 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2898 Aerospace.
2899 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
2900 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
2901 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
2902 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
2903 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
2904 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
2905 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
2906 University.
2907 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
2908 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
2909 Technology Information Network.
2910 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
2911 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
2912 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
2913 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
2914 and OpenBSD.
2915 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
2916 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
2917 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
2918 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2919 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
2920 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
2921 details.
2922 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
2923 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
2924 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
2925 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
2926 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2927 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
2928 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
2929 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
2930 Courtesan Consulting.
2931 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
2932 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
2933 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
2934 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
2935 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
2936 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
2937 multiple times.
2938 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
2939 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
2940 with From:).
2941 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
2942 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
2943 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
2944 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
2945 new functionality.
2946 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2947 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
2948 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
2949 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
2950 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
2951 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
2952 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
2953 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
2954 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
2955 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
2956 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
2957 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
2958 confPID_FILE PidFile
2959 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
2960 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
2961 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
2962 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
2963 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2964 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2965 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
2966 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2967 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2968 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
2969 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
2970 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
2971 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2972 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2973 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
2974 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
2975 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
2976 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
2977 to "IPC $h".
2978 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
2979 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
2980 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
2981 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
2982 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
2983 value should be changed with care.
2984 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
2985 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
2986 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
2987 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
2988 complain.
2989 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
2990 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
2991 of Q7 Enterprises.
2992 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
2993 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
2994 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
2995 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
2996 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
2997 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
2998 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
2999 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3000 of Northern Illinois University.
3001 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3002 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3003 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3004 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3005 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3006 in it.
3007 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3008 in class 'P' ($=P).
3009 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3010 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3011 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3012 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
3013 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3014 is added.
3015 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3016 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3017 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3018 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3019 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3020 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3021 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
3022 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3023 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3024 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3025 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
3026 Hubert of University of Washington.
3027 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3028 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
3029 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3030 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3031 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3032 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
3033 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3034 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
3035 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3036 Services.
3037 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3038 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3039 Aerospace.
3040 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3041 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3042 University and Brian Candler.
3043 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3044 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3045 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3046 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3047 Institute.
3048 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3049 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3050 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3051 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3052 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3053 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3054 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3055 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3056 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3057 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3058 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3059 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
3060 Willamette Industries, Inc.
3061 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3062 converted to <user@d>
3063 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3064 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3065 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3066 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3067 performed.
3068 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3069 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3070 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3071 Institute.
3072 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3073 be accessed by their numbers).
3074 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3075 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3076 of an address.
3077 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3078 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3079 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3080 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3081 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3082 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3083 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3084 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3085 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3086 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3087 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3088 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3089 Institute.
3090 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3091 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3092 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3093 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
3094 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3095 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3096 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3097 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3098 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3099 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3100 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3101 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3102 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3103 University of California at Berkeley.
3104 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3105 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3106 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
3107 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3108 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3109 Corporation UK.
3110 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3111 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3112 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3113 Yale University.
3114 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3115 be used for building.
3116 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3117 used for a fresh build.
3118 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3119 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3120 ranlib.
3121 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3122 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3123 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3124 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
3125 Costales.
3126 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3127 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3128 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3129 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3130 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
3131 of Siemens Business Services.
3132 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3133 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3134 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
3135 torek.
3136 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3137 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3138 They should contain the C source files for the object files
3139 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
3140 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3141 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3142 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
3143 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3144 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3145 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3146 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
3147 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3148 are in devtools/README.
3149 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3150 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3151 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3152 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
3153 new variable which identifies the root of the source
3154 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3155 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3156 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3157 macro.
3158 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3159 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3160 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3161 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3162 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3163 Corporation.
3164 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3165 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3166 confMANROOTMAN.
3167 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3168 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
3169 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3170 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3171 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3172 Communications.
3173 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3174 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3175 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3176 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
3177 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3178 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3179 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3180 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3181 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3182 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
3183 install-strip target.
3184 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3185 the others (if it exists).
3186 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3187 then the default ones.
3188 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
3189 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3190 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3191 to set the S flag.
3192 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3193 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3194 Northern Illinois University.
3195 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3196 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3197 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3198 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3199 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
3200 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3201 University.
3202 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3203 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3204 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3205 University.
3206 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3207 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
3208 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3209 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3210 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3211 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3212 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3213 University.
3214 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3215 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3216 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3217 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3218 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3219 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3220 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
3221 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3222 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3223 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3224 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3225 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3226 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3227 Alcatel Australia Limited.
3228 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3229 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
3230 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3231 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3232 timeout to avoid starvation.
3233 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3234 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3235 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3236 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3237 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3238 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3239 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3240 of Maryland.
3241 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3242 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3243 sendmail configuration file.
3244 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3245 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3246 option.
3247 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
3248 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3249 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
3250 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3251 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
3252 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3253 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3254 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3255 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3256 Corporation UK.
3257 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3258 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3259 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
3260 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3261 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3262 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3263 Institute for Global Communications.
3264 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3265 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
3266 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3267 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3268 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
3269 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3270 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
3271 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3272 of the Institute for Global Communications.
3273 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
3274 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3275 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3276 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
3277 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3278 Changed Files:
3279 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3280 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
3281 which execute the actual Build script in
3282 devtools/bin.
3283 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3284 -mandoc as they were previously.
3285 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3286 of Build will work (unless parameters are
3287 required for Build).
3288 New Directories:
3289 devtools/M4/UNIX
3290 include
3291 libmilter
3292 libsmdb
3293 libsmutil
3294 vacation
3295 Renamed Directories:
3296 BuildTools => devtools
3297 src => sendmail
3298 Deleted Files:
3299 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3300 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3301 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3302 devtools/OS/SINIX
3303 sendmail/ldap_map.h
3304 New Files:
3305 INSTALL
3306 PGPKEYS
3307 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3308 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3309 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3310 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3311 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3312 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3313 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3314 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3315 cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3316 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3317 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3318 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3319 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3320 contrib/domainmap.m4
3321 contrib/qtool.8
3322 contrib/qtool.pl
3323 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3324 devtools/M4/list.m4
3325 devtools/M4/string.m4
3326 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3327 devtools/M4/switch.m4
3328 devtools/OS/Darwin
3329 devtools/OS/GNU
3330 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3331 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3332 devtools/OS/m88k
3333 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3334 mail.local/Makefile
3335 mailstats/Makefile
3336 makemap/Makefile
3337 praliases/Makefile
3338 rmail/Makefile
3339 sendmail/Makefile
3340 sendmail/bf.h
3341 sendmail/bf_portable.c
3342 sendmail/bf_portable.h
3343 sendmail/bf_torek.c
3344 sendmail/bf_torek.h
3345 sendmail/shmticklib.c
3346 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3347 sendmail/timers.c
3348 sendmail/timers.h
3349 smrsh/Makefile
3350 vacation/Makefile
3351 Renamed Files:
3352 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3353 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3354 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3355 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3356 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3357 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3358 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3359 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3360 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3361 Copied Files:
3362 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3363
33648.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
3365 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3366 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3367 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3368 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3369 Schools" project (IdS).
3370 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3371 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
3372 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
3373 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3374 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3375 when performing the MIME header length check. This
3376 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
3377 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3378 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3379 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3380 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3381 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3382 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3383 ExecPC Internet Systems.
3384 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3385 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3386 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3387 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
3388 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3389 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3390 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3391 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
3392 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3393 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3394 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3395 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3396 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3397 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3398 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3399 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3400 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3401 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
3402 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3403 group of the IETF.
3404 Portability:
3405 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3406 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
3407 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3408 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
3409 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
3410 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3411 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3412 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3413 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3414 Technical University of Denmark.
3415 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3416 Supercomputer Center.
3417 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3418 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3419 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3420 of Stanford University.
3421 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3422 between different releases. Back out the
3423 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3424 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3425 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3426 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3427 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3428 of Siemens/SNI.
3429 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3430 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3431 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3432 University of Brno.
3433 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3434 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
3435 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3436 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3437 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
3438 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3439 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
3440 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3441 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3442 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3443 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3444 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3445 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3446 MIDS Europe.
3447 New Files:
3448 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3449 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3450 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3451
34528.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
3453 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3454 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
3455 for a denial of service attack.
3456 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3457 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3458 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3459 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3460 Corporation UK.
3461 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3462 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3463 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3464 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3465 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3466 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
3467 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3468 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3469 Internet Services.
3470 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3471 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3472 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3473 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3474 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3475 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3476 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3477 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
3478 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3479 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3480 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3481 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3482 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3483 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3484 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3485 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3486 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3487 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3488 Internet Services.
3489 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3490 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
3491 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3492 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3493 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3494 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
3495 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3496 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
3497 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3498 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3499 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3500 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3501 extended testing.
3502 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3503 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3504 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3505 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3506 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3507 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3508 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3509 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3510 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3511 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3512 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3513 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
3514 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3515 Network.
3516 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
3517 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3518 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3519 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3520 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
3521 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
3522 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3523 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3524 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
3525 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3526 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
3527 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3528 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3529 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
3530 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3531 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
3532 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3533 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3534 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3535 Meteorological Institute.
3536 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3537 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
3538 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3539 Portability:
3540 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3541 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3542 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
3543 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3544 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3545 reading network interface addresses into
3546 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
3547 Cal State University, Chico.
3548 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3549 from changing the semantics of the compiled
3550 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
3551 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3552 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
3553 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3554 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3555 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
3556 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3557 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3558 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3559 of Sun Microsystems.
3560 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
3561 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3562 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
3563 of Bits Co., Ltd.
3564 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
3565 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3566 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
3567 of E I A.
3568 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3569 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3570 Information Center.
3571 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3572 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3573 Institute.
3574 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
3575 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3576 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3577 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
3578 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3579 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3580 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3581 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
3582 Manawatu Internet Services.
3583 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3584 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3585 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
3586 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3587 of Northern Illinois University.
3588 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
3589 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3590 Kiel.
3591 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3592 Dot Com.
3593 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
3594 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3595 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3596 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3597 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3598 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3599 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3600 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3601 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3602 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3603 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3604 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
3605 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3606 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
3607 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3608 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3609 the envelope From header.
3610 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3611 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3612 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3613 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3614 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3615 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3616 Portal Services, Inc.
3617 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3618 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
3619 Sun Microsystems.
3620 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3621 New Files:
3622 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3623 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3624 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3625 contrib/smcontrol.pl
3626 src/control.c
3627
36288.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
3629 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3630 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3631 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3632 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3633 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3634 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3635 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3636 Meteorological Institute.
3637 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3638 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
3639 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3640 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3641 installation commands. The man pages would still be
3642 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
3643 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3644 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3645 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3646 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3647 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3648 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3649 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3650 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3651 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3652 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3653 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3654 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3655 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3656 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
3657 Flextech TV.
3658 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3659 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
3660 DaveLtd Enterprises.
3661 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3662 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
3663 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3664 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3665 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
3666 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3667 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
3668 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3669 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3670 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3671 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3672 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3673 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3674 University.
3675 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3676 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
3677 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3678 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3679 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3680 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3681 Portability:
3682 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3683 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3684 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3685 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3686 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
3687 of BSDI.
3688 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
3689 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3690 PICT Inc.
3691 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
3692 J. P. McCann of E I A.
3693 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
3694 of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3695 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3696 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3697 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3698 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3699 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3700 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3701 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3702 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3703 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
3704 would not accept @@hostname.
3705 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3706 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3707 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3708 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
3709 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3710 New Files:
3711 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3712
37138.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
3714 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3715 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3716 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3717 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
3718 which need the ability to override security can use the
3719 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
3720 information.
3721 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3722 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3723 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3724 world writable directories.
3725 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3726 it is in a world writable directory.
3727 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3728 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3729 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
3730 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3731 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3732 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3733 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3734 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3735 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3736 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3737 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
3738 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3739 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3740 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
3741 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3742 default.
3743 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3744 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3745 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3746 the University of Maryland.
3747 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
3748 of Cal State University, Chico.
3749 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
3750 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3751 current version of Berkeley DB.
3752 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3753 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3754 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3755 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3756 of Maryland.
3757 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3758 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3759 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
3760 Microsystems.
3761 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3762 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3763 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
3764 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3765 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3766 mail.local on the F=z flag.
3767 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
3768 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3769 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
3770 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3771 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3772 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3773 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3774 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3775 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3776 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3777 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3778 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3779 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3780 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3781 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
3782 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3783 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
3784 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3785 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3786 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3787 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3788 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
3789 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3790 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3791 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3792 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
3793 relaying entirely.
3794 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3795 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3796 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3797 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3798 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
3799 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3800 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3801 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3802 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3803 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
3804 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3805 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3806 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3807 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3808 sender for those failures.
3809 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3810 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3811 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3812 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
3813 of Ericsson.
3814 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3815 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3816 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3817 of Procter & Gamble.
3818 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3819 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3820 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3821 of Procter & Gamble.
3822 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
3823 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3824 of system security. This should only be used if you are
3825 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
3826 DontBlameSendmail options are:
3827 Safe
3828 AssumeSafeChown
3829 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3830 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3831 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3832 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3833 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3834 GroupWritableAliasFile
3835 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3836 WorldWritableAliasFile
3837 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3838 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3839 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3840 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3841 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3842 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3843 MapInUnsafeDirPath
3844 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3845 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3846 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3847 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3848 LinkedMapInWritableDir
3849 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3850 FileDeliveryToHardLink
3851 FileDeliveryToSymLink
3852 WriteMapToHardLink
3853 WriteMapToSymLink
3854 WriteStatsToHardLink
3855 WriteStatsToSymLink
3856 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3857 RunWritableProgram
3858 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3859 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
3860 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3861 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3862 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3863 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3864 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3865 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3866 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3867 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
3868 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
3869 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
3870 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
3871 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
3872 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
3873 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
3874 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
3875 contrast to the success case).
3876 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
3877 of the form:
3878 HHeader: $>Ruleset
3879 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
3880 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
3881 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
3882 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
3883 from hiding their connection information in Received:
3884 headers.
3885 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
3886 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
3887 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
3888 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
3889 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
3890 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
3891 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
3892 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
3893 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
3894 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
3895 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
3896 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
3897 remote identity can be queried.
3898 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
3899 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
3900 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
3901 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3902 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
3903 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
3904 some of the details are determined dynamically via
3905 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
3906 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
3907 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
3908 the new Build method which creates an operating system
3909 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
3910 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
3911 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3912 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
3913 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
3914 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
3915 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3916 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
3917 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
3918 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
3919 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
3920 This means that even if only one of the recipients
3921 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
3922 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
3923 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
3924 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
3925 of CNET: The Computer Network.
3926 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
3927 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
3928 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3929 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
3930 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
3931 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
3932 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
3933 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
3934 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
3935 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
3936 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
3937 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
3938 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3939 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
3940 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
3941 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3942 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
3943 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
3944 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
3945 Institute.
3946 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
3947 mail.local.
3948 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
3949 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
3950 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
3951 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
3952 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
3953 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3954 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
3955 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
3956 of InfoBeat, Inc.
3957 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
3958 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
3959 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
3960 mailstats command.
3961 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
3962 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
3963 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3964 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
3965 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
3966 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
3967 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3968 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
3969 Ericsson.
3970 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
3971 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
3972 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
3973 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
3974 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
3975 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
3976 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
3977 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
3978 Stratus Computer, Inc.
3979 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
3980 currently supported version.
3981 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
3982 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3983 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
3984 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
3985 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
3986 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3987 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
3988 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
3989 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
3990 message in error bounces.
3991 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
3992 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
3993 Digital Equipment Corporation.
3994 Portability:
3995 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
3996 of Kyoto University.
3997 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
3998 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
3999 Maryland.
4000 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4001 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4002 in Finland.
4003 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4004 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4005 the University of Maryland.
4006 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4007 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4008 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4009 Meteorological Institute.
4010 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4011 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4012 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4013 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4014 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4015 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4016 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
4017 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
4018 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4019 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4020 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
4021 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4022 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4023 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
4024 Microsystems.
4025 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4026 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4027 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
4028 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4029 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4030 directory for certain programs.
4031 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4032 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4033 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4034 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
4035 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4036 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4037 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
4038 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
4039 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4040 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4041 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4042 the user to setup different .forward files for
4043 user+detail addressing.
4044 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4045 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4046 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4047 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4048 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4049 outside your domain).
4050 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4051 any site to any site.
4052 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4053 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4054 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4055 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4056 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4057 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
4058 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4059 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
4060 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4061 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4062 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4063 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4064 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4065 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4066 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4067 host names only.
4068 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
4069 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
4070 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4071 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4072 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
4073 needed for most installations.
4074 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4075 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
4076 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4077 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4078 the University of Maryland.
4079 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4080 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4081 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4082 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4083 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4084 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4085 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4086 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4087 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4088 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4089 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4090 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
4091 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4092 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
4093 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4094 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4095 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4096 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
4097 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
4098 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
4099 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4100 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4101 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4102 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4103 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4104 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
4105 above for more information.
4106 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4107 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4108 Meteorological Institute.
4109 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4110 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4111 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
4112 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
4113 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4114 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4115 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4116 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4117 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4118 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4119 MustQuoteChars respectively.
4120 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
4121 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4122 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
4123 CMU (now of Netscape).
4124 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4125 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
4126 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
4127 read mail.local/README.
4128 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4129 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4130 University of Maryland.
4131 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4132 University, Chico.
4133 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4134 Meteorological Institute.
4135 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4136 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4137 University of Maryland.
4138 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4139 such as linked files in world writable directories.
4140 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4141 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4142 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
4143 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4144 Braunschweig.
4145 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
4146 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4147 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4148 Changed Files:
4149 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4150 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4151 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4152 New Files:
4153 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4154 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4155 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4156 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4157 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4158 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4159 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4160 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4161 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4162 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4163 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4164 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4165 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4166 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4167 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4168 BuildTools/OS/QNX
4169 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4170 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4171 BuildTools/README
4172 BuildTools/Site/README
4173 BuildTools/bin/Build
4174 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4175 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4176 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4177 Makefile
4178 cf/cf/Build
4179 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4180 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4181 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4182 cf/feature/access_db.m4
4183 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4184 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4185 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4186 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4187 cf/feature/rbl.m4
4188 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4189 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4190 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4191 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4192 cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4193 contrib/doublebounce.pl
4194 mail.local/Build
4195 mail.local/Makefile.m4
4196 mail.local/README
4197 mailstats/Build
4198 mailstats/Makefile.m4
4199 makemap/Build
4200 makemap/Makefile.m4
4201 praliases/Build
4202 praliases/Makefile.m4
4203 rmail/Build
4204 rmail/Makefile.m4
4205 rmail/rmail.0
4206 smrsh/Build
4207 smrsh/Makefile.m4
4208 src/Build
4209 src/Makefile.m4
4210 src/snprintf.c
4211 Deleted Files:
4212 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4213 mail.local/Makefile
4214 mail.local/Makefile.dist
4215 mailstats/Makefile
4216 mailstats/Makefile.dist
4217 makemap/Makefile
4218 makemap/Makefile.dist
4219 praliases/Makefile
4220 praliases/Makefile.dist
4221 rmail/Makefile
4222 smrsh/Makefile
4223 smrsh/Makefile.dist
4224 src/Makefile
4225 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4226 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4227 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4228 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4229 Renamed Files:
4230 READ_ME => README
4231 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4232 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4233 src/READ_ME => src/README
4234
42358.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
4236 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4237 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4238 Meteorological Institute.
4239 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4240 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
4241 Arseneault of SRI International.
4242 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4243 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4244 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4245 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4246 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4247 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4248 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
4249 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
4250 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4251 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4252 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4253 River Systems.
4254 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4255 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4256 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4257 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4258 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4259 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4260 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4261 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4262 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
4263 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4264 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4265 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4266 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4267 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4268 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4269 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
4270 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4271 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4272 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
4273 results during a single message processing (but would
4274 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
4275 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4276 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4277 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4278 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4279 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4280 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4281 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4282 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4283 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4284 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
4285 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4286 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4287 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4288 and the inability to save a bounce message to
4289 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4290 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4291 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4292 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4293 Associates.
4294 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
4295 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4296 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4297 could cause confusing error messages.
4298 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4299 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
4300 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4301 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4302 SuperNet, Inc.
4303 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
4304 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4305 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4306 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4307 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4308 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4309 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4310 dropped.
4311 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4312 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
4313 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4314 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4315 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4316 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4317 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4318 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4319 Institute.
4320 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4321 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4322 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4323 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4324 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4325 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4326 RUS University of Stuttgart.
4327 Minor lint fixes.
4328 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4329 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
4330 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
4331 of Stanford University.
4332 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4333 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
4334 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4335 Portability:
4336 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4337 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4338 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4339 Electronic Data Systems.
4340 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
4341 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4342 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4343 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4344 loader environment variables into the loader memory
4345 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
4346 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4347 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4348 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
4349 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4350 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4351 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4352 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
4353 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4354 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
4355 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4356 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
4357 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4358 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4359 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4360 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4361 Services.
4362 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4363 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4364 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4365 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
4366 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4367 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4368 Services VAS.
4369 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4370 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4371 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4372 Ericsson.
4373
43748.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
4375 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4376 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4377 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4378 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4379 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4380 GmbH.
4381 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4382 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4383 of Technology, Stockholm.
4384 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4385 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4386 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4387 that these routines are included as though they were in the
4388 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4389 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4390 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4391 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4392 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4393 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4394 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
4395 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4396 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4397 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
4398 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4399 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
4400 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4401 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4402 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4403 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
4404 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4405 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4406 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4407 have to assume that the information is good.
4408 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4409 open or locked.
4410 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4411 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4412 errors during testing.
4413 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4414 printed in the error message.
4415 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4416 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4417 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4418 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4419 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4420 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4421 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4422 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4423 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4424 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
4425 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4426 runner runs during a critical section in another message
4427 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4428 Results Computing.
4429 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4430 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4431 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4432 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
4433 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4434 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4435 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4436 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4437 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4438 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4439 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4440 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4441 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4442 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
4443 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4444 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4445 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4446 simultaneously.
4447 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4448 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4449 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4450 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
4451 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4452 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4453 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4454 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
4455 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4456 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4457 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
4458 CSU Chico.
4459 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4460 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
4461 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4462 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4463 Portability:
4464 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4465 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
4466 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4467 be used instead.
4468 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
4469 of Argonne National Laboratory.
4470 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4471 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4472 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
4473 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4474 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4475 in Makefiles.
4476 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4477 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4478 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4479 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4480 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4481 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4482 NCR Corp.
4483 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
4484 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4485 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
4486 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4487 Resource Network
4488 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4489 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4490 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
4491 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
4492 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4493 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4494 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4495 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4496 Corp.
4497 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4498 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
4499 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4500 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4501 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4502 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4503 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4504 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4505 PlainTalk.
4506 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4507 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
4508 by Harry Styron.
4509 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
4510 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4511 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4512 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4513 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4514 changed after open".
4515 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
4516 files.
4517 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4518 NEW FILES:
4519 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4520 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4521 test/t_exclopen.c
4522 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4523 DELETED FILES:
4524 Makefile
4525
45268.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
4527 *************************************************************
4528 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
4529 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
4530 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
4531 * continued sendmail development. *
4532 *************************************************************
4533 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4534 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4535 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
4536 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4537 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4538 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
4539 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4540 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
4541 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4542 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
4543 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4544 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4545 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
4546 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4547 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4548 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4549 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4550 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4551 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4552 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4553 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4554 another database; this can be used either to expose
4555 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4556 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4557 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
4558 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4559 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4560 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4561 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
4562 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4563 system directories.
4564 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4565 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4566 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
4567 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
4568 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4569 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4570 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4571 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4572 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4573 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4574 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4575 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4576 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4577 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4578 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4579 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4580 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4581 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4582 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4583 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4584 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
4585 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4586 NFS-mounted filesystems.
4587 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4588 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4589 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4590 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4591 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
4592 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4593 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4594 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
4595 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4596 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4597 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4598 same host).
4599 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4600 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
4601 from Theo de Raadt.
4602 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4603 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
4604 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4605 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4606 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4607 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4608 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4609 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
4610 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4611 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4612 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4613 Microsystems.
4614 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4615 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
4616 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4617 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4618 too large) don't send the bogus message.
4619 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4620 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
4621 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4622 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4623 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
4624 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4625 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4626 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
4627 Shapiro.
4628 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4629 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
4630 Sun Microsystems.
4631 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4632 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4633 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4634 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
4635 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
4636 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4637 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4638 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4639 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4640 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4641 Mercury Mail.
4642 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4643 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4644 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4645 Morgan Stanley.
4646 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4647 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4648 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
4649 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4650 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4651 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4652 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4653 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
4654 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4655 not be run.
4656 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4657 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4658 printing.
4659 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4660 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4661 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4662 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4663 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
4664 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4665 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4666 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
4667 erroneous results during a single message processing
4668 (but would recover when the next message was received).
4669 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4670 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
4671 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4672 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4673 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
4674 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4675 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4676 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4677 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4678 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4679 address as "may be forged".
4680 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4681 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4682 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4683 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4684 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4685 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
4686 of TwinCom.
4687 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4688 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4689 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4690 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4691 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4692 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4693 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4694 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4695 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4696 Institute.
4697 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4698 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
4699 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4700 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4701 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
4702 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4703 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4704 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4705 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4706 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
4707 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4708 book (2nd edition).
4709 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4710 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4711 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
4712 John Beck of SunSoft.
4713 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4714 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4715 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4716 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4717 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4718 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4719 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4720 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
4721 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4722 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
4723 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4724 returns.
4725 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4726 on some architectures.
4727 Portability:
4728 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4729 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4730 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
4731 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4732 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4733 of Washington.
4734 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4735 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4736 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4737 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4738 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4739 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4740 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4741 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4742 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
4743 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4744 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4745 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4746 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4747 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4748 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4749 Cambridge.
4750 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
4751 Kari Hurtta.
4752 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4753 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4754 IRIX Makefile).
4755 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4756 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4757 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4758 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
4759 Brian Candler.
4760 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4761 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4762 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4763 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4764 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4765 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4766 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4767 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
4768 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4769 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4770 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
4771 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4772 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4773 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4774 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4775 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4776 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4777 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4778 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4779 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4780 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4781 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4782 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
4783 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4784 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4785 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4786 was specified, even when it wasn't.
4787 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
4788 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4789 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4790 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
4791 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4792 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4793 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4794 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4795 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
4796 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4797 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4798 developers).
4799 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
4800 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
4801 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4802 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4803 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4804 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4805 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4806 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4807 NEXTSTEP.
4808 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4809 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4810 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
4811 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
4812 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4813 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
4814 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4815 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4816 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4817 for system accounts.
4818 NEW FILES:
4819 src/safefile.c
4820 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4821 cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4822 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4823 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4824 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4825 RENAMED FILES:
4826 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4827 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4828
48298.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
4830 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
4831 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4832 even if RunAsUser is specified.
4833 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
4834 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4835 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4836 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4837 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4838 University of Pennsylvania.
4839 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4840 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
4841 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4842 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4843 was unnecessarily awful.
4844 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4845 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4846 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4847 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4848 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4849 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4850 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4851 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4852 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4853 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4854 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4855 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4856 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
4857 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4858 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4859 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4860 Semiconductor Corp.
4861 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4862 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
4863 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4864 at Austin.
4865 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4866 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4867 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
4868 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
4869 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4870 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
4871 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
4872 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
4873 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
4874 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
4875 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
4876 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
4877 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
4878 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
4879 Costales.
4880 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
4881 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
4882 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
4883 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
4884 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
4885 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
4886 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
4887 The current values and defaults are:
4888 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
4889 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
4890 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
4891 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
4892 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
4893 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
4894 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
4895 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
4896 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
4897 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4898 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
4899 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
4900 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
4901 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
4902 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
4903 Eric Hagberg.
4904 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
4905 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
4906 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
4907 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
4908 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
4909 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
4910 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
4911 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4912 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
4913 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
4914 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
4915 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
4916 Communications.
4917 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
4918 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
4919 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
4920 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4921 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
4922 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
4923 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
4924 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
4925 PORTABILITY:
4926 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
4927 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
4928 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
4929 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
4930 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4931 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
4932 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
4933 (Moscow).
4934 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
4935 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
4936 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
4937 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
4938 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
4939 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
4940 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
4941 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
4942 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
4943 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
4944 Received: line.
4945 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
4946 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
4947 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
4948 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
4949 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
4950 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
4951 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
4952 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
4953 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
4954 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
4955 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
4956 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
4957 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
4958 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
4959 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
4960 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
4961 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
4962 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
4963 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
4964 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
4965 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4966 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
4967 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
4968 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
4969 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
4970 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
4971 Long Beach.
4972
49738.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
4974 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
4975 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
4976 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
4977 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
4978 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
4979 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
4980 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
4981 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
4982 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
4983 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
4984 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
4985 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
4986 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
4987 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
4988 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
4989 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
4990 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
4991 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
4992 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4993 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
4994 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
4995 Problem noted by several people.
4996 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
4997 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
4998 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
4999 by several people.
5000 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5001 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5002 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5003 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5004 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5005 of Best Internet Communications.
5006 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
5007 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5008 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5009 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5010 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5011 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5012 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5013 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5014 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
5015 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5016 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5017 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5018 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5019 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5020 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5021 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
5022 by Roy Mongiovi.
5023 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
5024 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5025 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5026 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5027 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
5028 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
5029 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5030 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5031 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5032 of Kyoto University.
5033 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5034 conditions from Don Lewis.
5035 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5036 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5037 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5038 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
5039 patch from Bryan Costales.
5040 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5041 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5042 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
5043 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
5044 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5045 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5046 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
5047 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5048 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
5049 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5050 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
5051 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5052 of Tokyo.
5053 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5054 Services, Inc.
5055 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5056 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5057 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5058 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5059 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5060 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5061 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5062 than one long one. By popular demand.
5063 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
5064 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5065 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5066 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5067 of NTT Software Corporation.
5068 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5069 NEW FILES:
5070 contrib/etrn.pl
5071
50728.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
5073 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5074 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
5075 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5076 best-of-security list.
5077 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5078 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5079 should make it clearer to people that they are running
5080 the wrong binary.
5081 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5082 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5083 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5084 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
5085 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5086 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5087 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5088 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
5089 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5090 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5091 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5092 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5093 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5094 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
5095 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5096 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5097 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5098 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5099 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
5100 Eric Wassenaar.
5101 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
5102 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5103 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5104 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5105 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5106 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5107 UUNET.
5108 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5109 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5110 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5111 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
5112 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5113 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5114 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5115 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
5116 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5117 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
5118 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5119 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5120 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5121 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5122 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5123 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5124 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5125 University of Linkoping.
5126 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5127 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
5128 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5129 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5130 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5131 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5132 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5133 other end.
5134 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5135 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5136 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5137 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5138 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
5139 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
5140 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5141 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5142 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5143 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5144 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
5145 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5146 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5147 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5148 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5149 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5150 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5151 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5152 The outline of the implementation was contributed
5153 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5154 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5155 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5156 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5157 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5158 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
5159 Earickson of Colby College.
5160 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
5161 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5162 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5163 Kari Hurtta.
5164 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5165 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
5166 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5167 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5168 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5169 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
5170 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5171 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5172 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5173 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5174 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5175 University of Washington, Seattle.
5176 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5177 Polytechnic Institute.
5178 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5179 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5180 NEW FILES:
5181 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5182 cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5183 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5184
51858.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
5186 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5187 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5188 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5189 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5190 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5191 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5192 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5193 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5194 CONFIG: no changes.
5195
51968.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
5197 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5198 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
5199 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5200 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5201 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5202 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
5203 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5204 of WPI.
5205 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5206 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5207 Kyoto University.
5208 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
5209 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5210 on illegal host names.
5211 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5212 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5213 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
5214 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5215 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5216 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5217 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5218 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5219 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5220 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5221 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
5222 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5223 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5224 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5225 University of Leicester.
5226 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5227 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5228 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5229 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
5230 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5231 University of Washington.
5232 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5233 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
5234 people pointed this out.
5235 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5236 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5237 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5238 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5239 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5240 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5241 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5242 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5243 Softec.
5244 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
5245 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5246 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
5247 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5248
52498.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
5250 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5251 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5252 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5253 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
5254 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5255 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
5256 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5257 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
5258 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5259 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5260 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5261 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5262 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5263 NSC (Japan).
5264 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5265 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5266 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5267 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5268 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5269 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
5270 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5271 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5272 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5273 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
5274 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5275 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5276 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5277 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
5278 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5279 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5280 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5281 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5282 printout.
5283 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5284 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5285 square braces.
5286 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5287 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5288 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5289 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5290 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
5291 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5292 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5293 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5294 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5295 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5296 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5297 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5298 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5299 Dandelion Digital.
5300 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5301 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5302 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5303 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5304 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
5305 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5306 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5307 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5308 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5309 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
5310 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5311 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5312 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5313 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
5314 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5315 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5316 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5317 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5318 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5319 mailers.
5320 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5321 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
5322 Myers of CMU.
5323 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5324 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5325 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
5326 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5327 there should be no security implications. Implementation
5328 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
5329 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5330 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5331 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5332 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
5333 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5334 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5335 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5336 parameter.
5337 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5338 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5339 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5340 University of Maryland.
5341 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
5342 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5343 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5344 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5345 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5346 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
5347 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5348 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5349 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5350 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
5351 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5352 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
5353 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
5354 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5355 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
5356 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
5357 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5358 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5359 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5360 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
5361 section 5.2.5.
5362 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5363 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5364 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
5365 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5366 is for incoming connections only.
5367 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
5368 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5369 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
5370 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
5371 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5372 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5373 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5374 (e.g., due to connection caching).
5375 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5376 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5377 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5378 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
5379 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5380 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5381 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5382 that take a very long time to run.
5383 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
5384 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5385 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5386 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5387 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
5388 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5389 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5390 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5391 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5392 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5393 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
5394 Costales.
5395 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5396 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5397 Technologies, Inc.
5398 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5399 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5400 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5401 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5402 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5403 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5404 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5405 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5406 different for this case.
5407 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5408 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5409 of Stanford University.
5410 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5411 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5412 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
5413 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5414 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5415 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
5416 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5417 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5418 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
5419 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5420 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5421 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5422 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
5423 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5424 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5425 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5426 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5427 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5428 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5429 Pasteur Institute.
5430 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5431 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5432 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
5433 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5434 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5435 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
5436 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5437 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5438 canonification.
5439 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5440 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5441 mailers.
5442 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5443 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5444 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5445 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
5446 either of these in their configuration file.
5447 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5448 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
5449 St. Peter's College.
5450 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5451 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
5452 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5453 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5454 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
5455 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5456 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5457 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
5458 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5459 Costales.
5460 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5461 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5462 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
5463 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5464 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5465 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
5466 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5467 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5468 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5469 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5470 in rulesets.
5471 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5472 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5473 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5474 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5475 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5476 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5477 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5478 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5479 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5480 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5481 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5482 on that basis.
5483 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
5484 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5485 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5486 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5487 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5488 Vixie.
5489 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
5490 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5491 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5492 See also the src/READ_ME file.
5493 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5494 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
5495 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5496 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5497 two characters $, +.
5498 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5499 debug_dumpstate.
5500 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5501 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5502 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5503 valid recipients.
5504 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5505 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
5506 noted by Tom May.
5507 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5508 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5509 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
5510 Beck of InReference, Inc.
5511 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5512 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5513 Computing Corporation.
5514 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5515 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5516 Internet Communications.
5517 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5518 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5519 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5520 of Lysator.
5521 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
5522 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5523 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5524 of the University of Iceland.
5525 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5526 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5527 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5528 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
5529 this change is a no-op.
5530 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
5531 Costales.
5532 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
5533 Bryan Costales.
5534 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5535 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5536 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5537 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5538 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
5539 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5540 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5541 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5542 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
5543 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5544 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5545 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
5546 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
5547 Jones of UUNET.
5548 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5549 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
5550 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5551 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5552 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5553 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
5554 easily determine what messages are to their role as
5555 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
5556 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5557 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5558 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
5559 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5560 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5561 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5562 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
5563 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5564 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
5565 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5566 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
5567 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
5568 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5569 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5570 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
5571 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
5572 of Stanford University.
5573 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5574 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
5575 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5576 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5577 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5578 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5579 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5580 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5581 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5582 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5583 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
5584 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
5585 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5586 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
5587 Motonori Nakamura.
5588 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5589 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5590 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
5591 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5592 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
5593 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5594 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
5595 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
5596 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
5597 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
5598 value is ".hoststat".
5599 There are also two new operation modes:
5600 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5601 connections.
5602 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
5603 recent status information.
5604 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5605 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5606 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5607 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5608 framework is gratefully appreciated.
5609 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5610 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5611 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5612 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5613 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5614 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5615 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5616 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5617 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5618 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
5619 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5620 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5621 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
5622 Costales.
5623 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5624 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5625 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5626 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5627 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5628 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5629 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5630 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5631 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5632 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5633 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5634 Webmasters.
5635 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5636 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5637 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
5638 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5639 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5640 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5641 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
5642 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5643 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5644 of Washington, Seattle.
5645 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
5646 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5647 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5648 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5649 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5650 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
5651 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5652 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
5653 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
5654 Nakamura.
5655 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5656 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5657 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5658 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5659 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5660 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5661 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
5662 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5663 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5664 well constrained.
5665 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5666 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
5667 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5668 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5669 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5670 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5671 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5672 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
5673 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5674 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
5675 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5676 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5677 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
5678 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5679 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5680 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
5681 Wolfhugel.
5682 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5683 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5684 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5685 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
5686 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5687 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
5688 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5689 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5690 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
5691 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
5692 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5693 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5694 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5695 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5696 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5697 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5698 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5699 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5700 National University of Singapore.
5701 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
5702 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5703 system can't cope with.
5704 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5705 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5706 Atlas International.
5707 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5708 <bicknell@ufp.org>.
5709 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5710 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5711 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
5712 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5713 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5714 Bernstein and Associates.
5715 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5716 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
5717 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5718 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5719 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5720 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5721 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5722 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5723 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5724 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5725 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5726 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5727 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5728 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5729 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5730 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5731 Institute.
5732 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5733 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5734 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5735 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5736 Employment Standards Administration.
5737 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5738 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5739 Jr.
5740 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5741 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5742 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5743 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5744 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5745 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5746 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5747 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5748 of the University of Arizona.
5749 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
5750 Vanderbilt University.
5751 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5752 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5753 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
5754 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5755 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
5756 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5757 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5758 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5759 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5760 Foundation.
5761 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5762 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5763 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5764 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
5765 Myers of CMU.
5766 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
5767 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
5768 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5769 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
5770 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5771 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5772 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
5773 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5774 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5775 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
5776 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5777 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5778 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5779 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
5780 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5781 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
5782 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5783 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5784 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5785 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5786 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5787 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
5788 info@foo.com foo-info
5789 info@bar.com bar-info
5790 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
5791 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5792 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5793 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5794 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
5795 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
5796 a great many people.
5797 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5798 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5799 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5800 "fax" mailer.
5801 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5802 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5803 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5804 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
5805 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
5806 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5807 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5808 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5809 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
5810 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
5811 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5812 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5813 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5814 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
5815 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5816 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
5817 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5818 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5819 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5820 of WPI.
5821 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5822 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
5823 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5824 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5825 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
5826 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5827 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5828 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
5829 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5830 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5831 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5832 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5833 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5834 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
5835 by Andreas Luik.
5836 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5837 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5838 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5839 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5840 Wolfhugel.
5841 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5842 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
5843 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5844 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5845 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5846 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5847 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
5848 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5849 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5850 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5851 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5852 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5853 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5854 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
5855 Costales.
5856 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5857 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5858 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5859 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5860 NEW FILES:
5861 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5862 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5863 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5864 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5865 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5866 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5867 mailstats/mailstats.8
5868 praliases/praliases.8
5869 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
5870 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
5871 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
5872 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
5873 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
5874 cf/ostype/aix2.m4
5875 cf/ostype/altos.m4
5876 cf/ostype/maxion.m4
5877 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
5878 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
5879 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
5880 DELETED FILES:
5881 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
5882 contrib/xla/README
5883 contrib/xla/xla.c
5884 RENAMED FILES:
5885 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
5886 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
5887 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
5888 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
5889 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
5890
58918.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
5892 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
5893 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
5894 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
5895 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
5896 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
5897 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
5898 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
5899 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
5900
59018.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
5902 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
5903 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
5904 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
5905 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
5906 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
5907 and others.
5908
59098.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
5910 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
5911 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
5912 any user (except root).
5913 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
5914 version number is unchanged.
5915
59168.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
5917 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
5918 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
5919 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5920 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
5921 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
5922 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
5923 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
5924 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
5925 Costales.
5926 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5927 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
5928 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
5929 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
5930 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
5931 Stanford University.
5932 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
5933 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5934
59358.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
5936 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
5937 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
5938 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
5939 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
5940 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
5941 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
5942 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
5943 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
5944 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
5945 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
5946 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
5947 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
5948 by Kari Hurtta.
5949 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
5950 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
5951 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
5952 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
5953 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
5954 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
5955 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
5956 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
5957 bounces when it should have requeued.
5958 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
5959 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
5960 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
5961 John Hawkinson of Panix.
5962 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
5963 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
5964 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
5965 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
5966 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
5967 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
5968 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
5969 Infobiogen.
5970 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
5971 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
5972 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
5973 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
5974 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
5975 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
5976 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
5977 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
5978 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
5979 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5980 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
5981 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
5982 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5983 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
5984 underscores.
5985 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
5986 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
5987 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5988 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
5989 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
5990 included even if the user did not request success notification,
5991 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
5992 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
5993 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
5994 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
5995 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
5996 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
5997 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
5998 Costales of ICSI.
5999 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6000 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
6001 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6002 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6003 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6004 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6005 Technological University.
6006 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6007 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
6008 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6009 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6010 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
6011 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6012 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6013 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6014 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6015 to have the database format of the alias files without the
6016 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6017 Inc.
6018 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6019 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6020 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6021 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6022 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6023 University.
6024 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6025 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
6026 Association for Progressive Communications.
6027 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6028 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6029 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6030 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6031 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
6032 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6033 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6034 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6035 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6036 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
6037 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
6038 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6039 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6040 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6041 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
6042 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6043 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
6044 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6045 PORTABILITY FIXES:
6046 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6047 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
6048 James B. Davis of TCI.
6049 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
6050 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6051 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6052 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
6053 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6054 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6055 isn't supported on all compilers.
6056 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6057 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6058 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6059 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6060 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6061 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6062 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6063 (France).
6064 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6065 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6066 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6067 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
6068 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6069 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6070 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
6071 for different files.
6072 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
6073 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6074 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6075 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6076 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6077 changes).
6078
60798.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
6080 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6081 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6082 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
6083 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6084 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6085 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6086 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6087 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6088 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6089 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6090 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6091 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
6092 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6093 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6094 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6095 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6096 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6097 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
6098 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6099 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6100 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6101 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6102 results. This could have security implications.
6103 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6104 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6105 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6106 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6107 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
6108 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6109 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
6110 Elz.
6111 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
6112 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6113 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6114 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6115 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6116 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6117 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
6118 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6119 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6120 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
6121 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
6122 domain names are your friends.
6123 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6124 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6125 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6126 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6127 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6128 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
6129 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6130 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6131 of TerraNet.
6132 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6133 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6134 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6135 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6136 of WPI.
6137 PORTABILITY FIXES:
6138 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6139 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
6140 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6141 file and SGI standards. From Andre
6142 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6143 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6144 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6145 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6146 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6147 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6148 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
6149 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6150 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6151 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6152 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6153 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6154 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6155 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6156 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6157 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6158 Infobiogen (France).
6159 NEW FILES:
6160 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6161 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6162 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6163
61648.7/8.7 1995/09/16
6165 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6166 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6167 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6168 Global Communications.
6169 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6170 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6171 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6172 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
6173 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6174 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
6175 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6176 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6177 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6178 can be confusing.
6179 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6180 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6181 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6182 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6183 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6184 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6185 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6186 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6187 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6188 Maryland.
6189 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6190 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6191 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6192 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
6193 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6194 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6195 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
6196 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
6197 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
6198 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6199 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6200 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6201 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6202 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6203 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6204 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6205 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6206 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6207 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6208 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6209 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6210 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
6211 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6212 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6213 Swarthmore University.
6214 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6215 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6216 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6217 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6218 ruleset.
6219 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6220 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6221 -d debug flag.
6222 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6223 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6224 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6225 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6226 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6227 and the parsed address.
6228 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6229 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6230 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
6231 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6232 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
6233 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6234 recipients.
6235 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6236 return the result.
6237 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6238 `mapname' and return the result.
6239 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6240 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6241 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6242 the header for envelope sender information and uses
6243 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
6244 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6245 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6246 that functionality.
6247 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6248 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6249 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
6250 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6251 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6252 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6253 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6254 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6255 of Michigan Technological University.
6256 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6257 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6258 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6259 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
6260 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
6261 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6262 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
6263 or not.
6264 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6265 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6266 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
6267 the error message. It was especially weird because it
6268 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6269 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
6270 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6271 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6272 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
6273 should have minimal impact on external function.
6274 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6275 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6276 O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6277 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6278 7 SevenBitInput
6279 8 EightBitMode
6280 A AliasFile
6281 a AliasWait
6282 B BlankSub
6283 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6284 C CheckpointInterval
6285 c HoldExpensive
6286 D AutoRebuildAliases
6287 d DeliveryMode
6288 E ErrorHeader
6289 e ErrorMode
6290 f SaveFromLine
6291 F TempFileMode
6292 G MatchGECOS
6293 H HelpFile
6294 h MaxHopCount
6295 i IgnoreDots
6296 I ResolverOptions
6297 J ForwardPath
6298 j SendMimeErrors
6299 k ConnectionCacheSize
6300 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
6301 L LogLevel
6302 l UseErrorsTo
6303 m MeToo
6304 n CheckAliases
6305 O DaemonPortOptions
6306 o OldStyleHeaders
6307 P PostmasterCopy
6308 p PrivacyOptions
6309 Q QueueDirectory
6310 q QueueFactor
6311 R DontPruneRoutes
6312 r, T Timeout
6313 S StatusFile
6314 s SuperSafe
6315 t TimeZoneSpec
6316 u DefaultUser
6317 U UserDatabaseSpec
6318 V FallbackMXHost
6319 v Verbose
6320 w TryNullMXList
6321 x QueueLA
6322 X RefuseLA
6323 Y ForkEachJob
6324 y RecipientFactor
6325 z ClassFactor
6326 Z RetryFactor
6327 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6328 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6329 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
6330 $l UnixFromLine
6331 $o OperatorChars
6332 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
6333 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6334 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6335 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6336 specify "V6" in the configuration.
6337 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6338 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6339 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6340 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
6341 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6342 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6343 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6344 This requires config file support to get right. It does
6345 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6346 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6347 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6348 A Addresses are aliasable.
6349 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6350 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
6351 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6352 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6353 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6354 recipient mailer flags.
6355 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6356 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6357 delivery.
6358 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6359 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6360 : Check for :include: on this address.
6361 | Check for |program on this address.
6362 / Check for /file on this address.
6363 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
6364 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
6365 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6366 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6367 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6368 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6369 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6370 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
6371 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6372 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6373 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
6374 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6375 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
6376 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6377 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6378 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6379 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6380 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6381 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
6382 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6383 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6384 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
6385 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6386 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6387 (essentially, the full MIME option).
6388 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6389 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6390 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6391 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
6392 flag is ignored.
6393 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6394 the setting of F=8.
6395 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6396 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6397 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6398 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6399 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6400 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6401 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
6402 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6403 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
6404 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6405 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
6406 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6407 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6408 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6409 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6410 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
6411 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6412 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6413 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6414 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6415 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6416 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
6417 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6418 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6419 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
6420 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6421 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6422 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6423 Unicom.
6424 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6425 fashion as the U= mailer option.
6426 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6427 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
6428 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6429 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6430 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6431 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6432 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
6433 from Chip Rosenthal.
6434 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6435 For example,
6436 O Timeout.helo = 2m
6437 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6438 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
6439 set them both the preferred new syntax is
6440 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6441 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6442 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6443 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6444 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
6445 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6446 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
6447 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6448 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6449 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
6450 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6451 contribution was to make it configurable).
6452 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6453 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6454 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6455 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6456 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6457 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6458 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6459 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6460 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6461 I/O redirection.
6462 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6463 can be confusing.
6464 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6465 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6466 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6467 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6468 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6469 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
6470 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6471 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6472 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
6473 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6474 queue-only.
6475 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6476 :include: and .forward files.
6477 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6478 key field name, the value field name, and the field
6479 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
6480 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6481 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6482 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6483 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6484 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6485 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
6486 Sun Microsystems.
6487 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
6488 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
6489 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
6490 Hutton of Indiana University.
6491 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
6492 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6493 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6494 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
6495 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
6496 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6497 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
6498 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6499 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6500 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6501 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6502 as comments.
6503 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
6504 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6505 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
6506 are from sysexits.h.
6507 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6508 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
6509 Kmap1 ...
6510 Kmap2 ...
6511 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6512 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6513 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6514 map2 is searched and the value returned.
6515 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
6516 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6517 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
6518 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6519 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6520 For example, if the declaration of the map is
6521 Ksample switch hosts
6522 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6523 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6524 equivalent to
6525 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6526 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6527 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
6528 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6529 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6530 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
6531 the -m (matchonly) flag.
6532 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6533 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
6534 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6535 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6536 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6537 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
6538 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6539 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
6540 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6541 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6542 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6543 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6544 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6545 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
6546 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6547 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6548 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6549 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6550 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6551 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6552 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6553 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6554 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6555 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
6556 an /etc/hosts entry reads
6557 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6558 this change will use the second name as the canonical
6559 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6560 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6561 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6562 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6563 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6564 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
6565 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6566 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6567 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6568 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
6569 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6570 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6571 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
6572 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6573 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6574 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6575 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6576 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6577 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6578 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6579 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6580 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6581 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6582 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6583 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6584 much longer than the specified timeout.
6585 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6586 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6587 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6588 denial-of-service attack.
6589 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6590 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6591 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6592 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
6593 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6594 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6595 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6596 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
6597 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6598 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
6599 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6600 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6601 actually file lookups.
6602 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6603 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6604 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
6605 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6606 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6607 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
6608 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6609 support for them has been removed.
6610 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6611 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6612 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6613 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6614 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6615 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
6616 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6617 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6618 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
6619 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6620 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6621 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6622 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6623 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6624 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6625 also improves the connection cache utilization.
6626 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6627 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
6628 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6629 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6630 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6631 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
6632 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6633 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
6634 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6635 Microsystems.
6636 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6637 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
6638 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6639 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
6640 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6641 option can give the network software time to establish
6642 the link. The default units are seconds.
6643 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6644 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6645 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6646 Defense Information Systems Agency.
6647 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6648 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
6649 the National Computer Security Center.
6650 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6651 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6652 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6653 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
6654 the mailprio scripts (see below).
6655 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6656 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6657 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
6658 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6659 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6660 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
6661 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
6662 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6663 University Computing Service.
6664 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6665 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
6666 the University of Kentucky.
6667 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6668 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6669 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6670 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
6671 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6672 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6673 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6674 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6675 Corporation.
6676 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6677 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6678 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6679 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6680 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6681 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6682 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
6683 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6684 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6685 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6686 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6687 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6688 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
6689 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6690 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6691 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
6692 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
6693 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6694 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6695 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6696 Communications.
6697 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6698 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6699 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
6700 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6701 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6702 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6703 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6704 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
6705 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6706 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6707 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6708 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6709 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6710 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
6711 on values:
6712 None Leave the message as is. The
6713 message will be passed on even
6714 though it is in technically
6715 illegal syntax.
6716 Add-To Add a To: header with any
6717 recipients that it can find from
6718 the envelope. This risks exposing
6719 Bcc: recipients.
6720 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
6721 has almost no redeeming social value,
6722 and is provided only for back
6723 compatibility.
6724 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
6725 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6726 which will have the effect of
6727 making the message legal without
6728 exposing Bcc: recipients.
6729 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
6730 There is a chance that mailers down
6731 the line will delete this header,
6732 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6733 recipients.
6734 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6735 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
6736 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6737 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6738 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6739 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6740 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
6741 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6742 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6743 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6744 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6745 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6746 For example, if you run with
6747 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6748 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
6749 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6750 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6751 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6752 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6753 entries. For example, given the aliases:
6754 list: member1
6755 list: member2
6756 and an alias file declared as:
6757 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6758 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6759 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6760 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6761 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6762 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6763 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
6764 Johannesen.
6765 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6766 to be simpler and more consistent.
6767 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
6768 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6769 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6770 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6771 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6772 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6773 This may affect some people who have written their own
6774 checkcompat() routine.
6775 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
6776 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6777 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6778 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6779 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6780 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6781 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6782 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6783 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6784 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6785 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6786 Corporation.
6787 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6788 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6789 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6790 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6791 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
6792 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6793 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
6794 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6795 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6796 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
6797 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6798 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6799 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6800 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6801 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6802 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6803 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6804 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6805 the header.
6806 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6807 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6808 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
6809 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
6810 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6811 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6812 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6813 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6814 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
6815 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6816 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
6817 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6818 is added between the first and second word of the first
6819 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6820 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6821 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6822 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6823 old sendmails understand.
6824 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6825 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
6826 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6827 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6828 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
6829 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6830 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6831 data -- for example,
6832 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6833 (romanized/less information)
6834 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6835 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6836 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6837 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6838 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6839 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6840 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6841 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6842 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6843 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6844 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
6845 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
6846 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6847 Eric Prestemon of American University.
6848 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6849 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6850 increment on the background value).
6851 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
6852 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
6853 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6854 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6855 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6856 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6857 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6858 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6859 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
6860 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6861 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6862 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6863 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
6864 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
6865 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6866 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6867 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
6868 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
6869 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
6870 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
6871 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
6872 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
6873 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
6874 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
6875 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
6876 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
6877 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
6878 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
6879 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
6880 service type is "files".
6881 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
6882 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
6883 into class "c".
6884 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
6885 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
6886 contributed by SunSoft.
6887 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
6888 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
6889 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
6890 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
6891 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
6892 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
6893 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
6894 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
6895 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
6896 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
6897 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
6898 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
6899 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
6900 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6901 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
6902 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
6903 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
6904 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
6905 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
6906 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
6907 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6908 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
6909 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
6910 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
6911 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
6912 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6913 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
6914 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
6915 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
6916 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
6917 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
6918 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
6919 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
6920 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
6921 flags.
6922 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
6923 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
6924 Motonori Nakamura.
6925 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
6926 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
6927 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
6928 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
6929 of MIT.
6930 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
6931 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
6932 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
6933 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
6934 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
6935 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
6936 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
6937 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
6938 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
6939 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
6940 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
6941 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
6942 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
6943 the make.
6944 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
6945 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
6946 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
6947 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
6948 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
6949 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
6950 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
6951 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
6952 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
6953 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
6954 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
6955 of Sun Microsystems.
6956 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
6957 is at least 50% faster.
6958 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
6959 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
6960 University.
6961 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
6962 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6963 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
6964 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
6965 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
6966 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
6967 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
6968 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
6969 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
6970 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
6971 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
6972 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
6973 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
6974 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
6975 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
6976 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
6977 Carnegie Mellon.
6978 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
6979 support.
6980 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
6981 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
6982 Global Information Solutions.
6983 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
6984 From Motonori Nakamura.
6985 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
6986 Motonori Nakamura.
6987 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
6988 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
6989 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
6990 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
6991 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
6992 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
6993 James of British Telecom.
6994 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
6995 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
6996 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
6997 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
6998 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
6999 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7000 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
7001 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7002 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7003 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
7004 a bad guy can read your private files.
7005 PORTABILITY FIXES:
7006 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7007 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7008 University. This expands the disk size
7009 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7010 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7011 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7012 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7013 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7014 Linux Makefile typo.
7015 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7016 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7017 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7018 University, Chico.
7019 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
7020 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7021 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
7022 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7023 This requires adaptation of code that really
7024 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7025 addresses or nameserver fields.''
7026 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
7027 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7028 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7029 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7030 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7031 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7032 problems.
7033 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7034 match all the other configuration files. Fix
7035 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7036 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
7037 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7038 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
7039 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7040 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7041 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7042 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
7043 Wemm of DIALix.
7044 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7045 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7046 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7047 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
7048 of Ohio State University.
7049 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7050 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7051 University.
7052 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7053 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7054 Mainz.
7055 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7056 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7057 wrong statfs call).
7058 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7059 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7060 University.
7061 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7062 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7063 Rochester Medical Center.
7064 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7065 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7066 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7067 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7068 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7069 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7070 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7071 Division.
7072 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7073 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7074 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7075 Durand of I.M.A.G.
7076 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7077 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7078 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7079 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7080 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7081 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7082 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7083 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7084 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7085 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7086 of Meteo France.
7087 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7088 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7089 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7090 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7091 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7092 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7093 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7094 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7095 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7096 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7097 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7098 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7099 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7100 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7101 of Colorado.
7102 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7103 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7104 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
7105 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7106 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7107 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
7108 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7109 on the file, but it should be quite small.
7110 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
7111 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7112 giving the local administrator more control over what
7113 programs can be run from sendmail.
7114 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
7115 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7116 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7117 never will.
7118 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7119 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7120 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7121 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7122 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7123 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
7124 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7125 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7126 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7127 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7128 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7129 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
7130 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7131 arbitrary directory -- use either:
7132 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7133 or
7134 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7135 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7136 can use:
7137 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7138 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7139 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7140 compatibility.
7141 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7142 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7143 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7144 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7145 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7146 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7147 County.
7148 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7149 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7150 just unqualified ones.
7151 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7152 was never used and didn't work anyway.
7153 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7154 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7155 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7156 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7157 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
7158 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7159 centralized hub.
7160 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7161 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7162 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7163 this is expected to be another sendmail.
7164 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7165 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7166 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7167 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
7168 Rosenthal of Unicom.
7169 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7170 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
7171 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7172 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7173 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
7174 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7175 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7176 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7177 but it is a no-op.
7178 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7179 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7180 as User Unknown.
7181 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7182 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7183 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
7184 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7185 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7186 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7187 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
7188 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7189 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7190 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7191 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7192 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7193 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
7194 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7195 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7196 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
7197 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7198 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7199 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7200 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7201 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7202 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7203 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7204 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7205 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
7206 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7207 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
7208 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7209 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7210 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7211 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7212 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
7213 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7214 assumed.
7215 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7216 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7217 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7218 Information Systems Agency.
7219 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7220 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7221 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7222 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7223 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7224 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7225 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
7226 that really can be used in the real world.
7227 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7228 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7229 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7230 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7231 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7232 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7233 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7234 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
7235 by Scott Hutton.
7236 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
7237 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7238 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7239 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7240 people.
7241 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7242 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7243 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7244 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
7245 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7246 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7247 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7248 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7249 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7250 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
7251 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7252 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7253 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7254 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7255 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7256 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7257 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
7258 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7259 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7260 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
7261 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7262 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7263 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
7264 by Kimmo Suominen.
7265 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7266 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7267 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7268 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7269 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7270 NEW FILES:
7271 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7272 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7273 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7274 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7275 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7276 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7277 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7278 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7279 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7280 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7281 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7282 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7283 cf/domain/generic.m4
7284 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7285 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7286 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7287 cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7288 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7289 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7290 cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7291 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7292 cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7293 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7294 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7295 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7296 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7297 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7298 cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7299 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7300 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7301 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7302 contrib/bsdi.mc
7303 contrib/mailprio
7304 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7305 mail.local/mail.local.0
7306 makemap/makemap.0
7307 smrsh/README
7308 smrsh/smrsh.0
7309 smrsh/smrsh.8
7310 smrsh/smrsh.c
7311 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7312 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7313 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7314 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7315 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7316 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7317 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7318 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7319 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7320 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7321 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7322 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7323 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7324 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7325 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7326 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7327 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7328 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7329 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7330 src/aliases.0
7331 src/mailq.0
7332 src/mime.c
7333 src/newaliases.0
7334 src/sendmail.0
7335 test/t_seteuid.c
7336 RENAMED FILES:
7337 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7338 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7339 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7340 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7341 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7342 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7343 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7344 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7345 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7346 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7347 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7348 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7349 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7350 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7351 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7352 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7353 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7354 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7355 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7356 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7357 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7358 OBSOLETED FILES:
7359 cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7360 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7361 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7362 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7363 cf/cf/knecht.mc
7364 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7365 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7366 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7367 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7368 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7369 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7370 contrib/rcpt-streaming
7371 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7372
73738.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
7374 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7375 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7376 any user (except root).
7377 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7378 version number is unchanged.
7379
73808.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
7381 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7382 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
7383 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7384 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7385 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7386 each other!).
7387 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7388 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7389 than fork().
7390
73918.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
7392 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7393 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7394 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7395 message when attempted from IDENT.
7396 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7397 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
7398 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
7399 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7400 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7401 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7402 partial lines.
7403 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7404 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
7405 Rob McMahon.
7406 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7407 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
7408 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7409 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7410 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7411 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
7412 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7413 Novell Labs Europe.
7414 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7415 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
7416 Cal State Chico.
7417 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
7418 *Hobbit*.
7419 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7420 and Liudvikas Bukys.
7421 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7422 from Spider Boardman.
7423 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7424 with the binaries).
7425
74268.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
7427 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7428 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7429 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7430 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7431 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7432 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
7433 implications.
7434 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7435 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7436 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7437 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7438 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7439 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
7440 University of Texas.
7441 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7442 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7443 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7444 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7445 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7446 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7447 Data General.
7448 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7449 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
7450 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7451 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7452 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7453 with a lot of arguments).
7454 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7455 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7456 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7457 Michigan.
7458 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7459 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7460 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7461 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7462 Thibault.
7463 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7464 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7465 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
7466 some of the map code.
7467 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7468 with the binaries).
7469
74708.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
7471 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7472 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7473 may have some security implications.
7474 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7475 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
7476 Hill of the University of Iowa.
7477 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
7478 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7479 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7480 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
7481 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7482 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7483 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7484 option.
7485 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7486 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7487 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
7488 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7489 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
7490 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7491 Rochester.
7492 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7493 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
7494 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7495 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7496 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
7497 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7498 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7499 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
7500 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7501 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7502 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7503 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7504 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
7505 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
7506 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7507 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
7508 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7509 messages.
7510 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7511 message to explain how much space was available and
7512 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
7513 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7514 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7515 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7516 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7517 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7518 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7519 moves things more towards what will probably become a
7520 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7521 Kapor Enterprises.
7522 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7523 without recompiling.
7524 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7525 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
7526 purely cosmetic.
7527 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7528 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7529 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
7530 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7531 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7532 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7533 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
7534 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7535 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7536 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7537 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7538 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
7539 Wolfhugel.
7540 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7541 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7542 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7543 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7544 refused" response, and that the connection can be
7545 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
7546 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7547 size around and can never start listening to connections
7548 again. The down side is that someone could start up
7549 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7550 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7551 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7552 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
7553 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7554 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7555 implications.
7556 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7557 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
7558 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7559 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7560 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7561 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7562 doc directory. This includes some additional
7563 information.
7564 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7565 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
7566 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7567 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
7568 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7569 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7570 loop the mail, which was bad news.
7571 Portability fixes:
7572 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7573 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7574 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7575 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7576 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7577 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7578 Newcastle upon Tyne.
7579 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7580 Corporation.
7581 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7582 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7583 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7584 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7585 New Files:
7586 src/Makefile.CLIX
7587 src/Makefile.NCR3000
7588 doc/changes/Makefile
7589 doc/changes/changes.me
7590 doc/changes/changes.ps
7591
75928.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
7593 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7594 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
7595 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7596
75978.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
7598 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7599 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
7600 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7601 list.
7602
76038.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
7604 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7605 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7606 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7607 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7608 valid shell.
7609 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7610 in the connection cache for a long time under some
7611 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
7612 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
7613 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
7614 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7615 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7616 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7617 from a local user to another local user. From
7618 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7619 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7620 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
7621 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7622 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7623 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7624 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7625 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7626 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7627 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7628 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7629 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7630 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7631 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7632 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
7633 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7634 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7635 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7636 BSD-like system.
7637 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7638 protocol entirely.
7639 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7640 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7641 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7642 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
7643 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7644 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7645 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7646 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7647 files.
7648 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7649 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
7650 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7651 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
7652 of CMU.
7653 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7654 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7655 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
7656 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
7657 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7658 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7659 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7660 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7661 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
7662 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7663 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7664 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
7665 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7666 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7667 security implications. Suggested by several people.
7668 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7669 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
7670 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7671 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
7672 Motonori Nakamura.
7673 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7674 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7675 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7676 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7677 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7678 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
7679 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7680 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7681 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7682 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
7683 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7684 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
7685 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7686 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7687 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7688 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7689 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7690 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7691 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7692 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
7693 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7694 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7695 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7696 didn't see the class items being added.
7697 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7698 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7699 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
7700 Rutgers.
7701 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7702 but sets h_errno to a success value.
7703 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7704 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7705 address specified in the P option). This fix should
7706 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7707 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7708 the problem myself.
7709 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7710 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7711 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7712 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7713 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7714 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7715 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
7716 UUNET.
7717 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7718 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
7719 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
7720 John Oleynick.
7721 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7722 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
7723 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7724 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7725 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
7726 Nakamura.
7727 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7728 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7729 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7730 University of Washington.
7731 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7732 don't have an ``=value'' part.
7733 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7734 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
7735 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7736 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7737 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7738 of Cambridge University.
7739 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7740 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7741 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7742 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7743 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7744 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7745 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7746 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
7747 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7748 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7749 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7750 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
7751 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7752 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7753 a chance.
7754 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7755 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7756 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7757 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7758 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7759 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
7760 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7761 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
7762 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7763 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7764 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
7765 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7766 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7767 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7768 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7769 size for various mailers.
7770 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7771 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7772 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7773 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7774 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7775 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7776 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7777 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7778 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
7779 system.
7780 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7781 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
7782 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7783 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7784 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
7785 Michel of Thomson CSF.
7786 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7787 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7788 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7789 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7790 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7791 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7792 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7793 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
7794 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7795 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7796 University of Sydney.
7797 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7798 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7799 This is because of the known bug where definition of
7800 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7801 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7802 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7803 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7804 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
7805 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
7806 Suominen.
7807 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7808 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7809 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7810 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7811 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
7812 Suominen.
7813 Portability fixes:
7814 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7815 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7816 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7817 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7818 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7819 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7820 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7821 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7822 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7823 NEW FILES:
7824 src/Makefile.DomainOS
7825 src/Makefile.PTX
7826 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7827 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7828 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7829 src/mailq.1
7830 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7831 doc/op/Makefile
7832 doc/intro/Makefile
7833 doc/usenix/Makefile
7834
78358.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
7836 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7837 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
7838 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7839 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7840 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
7841 permissions they should not have had (usually group
7842 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
7843 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7844 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7845 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7846 Although this does not respond to a specific known
7847 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
7848 Christian Wettergren.
7849 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7850 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7851 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7852 program by putting that in their .forward file.
7853 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7854 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7855 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
7856 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
7857 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7858 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7859 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7860 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7861 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7862 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7863 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7864 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
7865 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7866 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7867 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
7868 connection to create problems on the current job.
7869 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
7870 the wrong place.
7871 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
7872 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
7873 problem that ignored the load average in locally
7874 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
7875 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
7876 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
7877 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
7878 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
7879 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
7880 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
7881 when sending error messages. This resulted in
7882 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
7883 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
7884 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
7885 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
7886 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
7887 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
7888 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
7889 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
7890 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
7891 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
7892 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
7893 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
7894 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
7895 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
7896 EX_UNAVAILABLE.
7897 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
7898 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
7899 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
7900 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
7901 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
7902 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
7903 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
7904 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
7905 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
7906 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
7907 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
7908 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
7909 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
7910 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
7911 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
7912 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
7913 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
7914 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
7915 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
7916 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
7917 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
7918 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
7919 dot convention.
7920 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
7921 of from a clean exit.
7922 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
7923 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
7924 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
7925 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
7926 as the subject of an error message, even though the
7927 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
7928 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
7929 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
7930 Jones of UUNET.
7931 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
7932 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
7933 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
7934 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
7935 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
7936 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
7937 says that they should be ignored.
7938 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
7939 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
7940 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
7941 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
7942 is not reentrant.
7943 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
7944 documented in the Bat Book.
7945 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
7946 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
7947 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
7948 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
7949 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
7950 code during some parts of connection initialization.
7951 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
7952 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
7953 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
7954 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
7955 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7956 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
7957 of Kyoto University.
7958 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
7959 From P{r Emanuelsson.
7960 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
7961 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
7962 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
7963 Bryan Costales.
7964 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
7965 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
7966 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
7967 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
7968 Nakamura.
7969 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
7970 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
7971 illegal addresses appearing there).
7972 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
7973 BB&N.
7974 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
7975 included.
7976 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
7977 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
7978 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
7979 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
7980 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
7981 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
7982 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
7983 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
7984 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
7985 by the other end closing the connection. From
7986 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
7987 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
7988 to include a host name or other useful information.
7989 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
7990 DeMarco.
7991 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
7992 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
7993 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
7994 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
7995 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
7996 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
7997 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
7998 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
7999 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8000 this properly).
8001 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8002 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8003 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8004 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8005 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8006 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8007 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
8008 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8009 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8010 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8011 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8012 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8013 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
8014 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8015 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8016 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8017 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8018 of the Institute for Global Communications.
8019 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8020 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
8021 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8022 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8023 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8024 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8025 Portability fixes for:
8026 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8027 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8028 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8029 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8030 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8031 of Stoner Associates.
8032 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8033 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8034 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8035 of Maryland.
8036 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8037 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8038 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8039 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8040 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8041 RISC/os.
8042 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8043 at Chico.
8044 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8045 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8046 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
8047 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8048 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8049 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8050 since this is intended only for internal use, the
8051 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
8052 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8053 addresses when relaying internally.
8054 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8055 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
8056 provided by Peter Wemm.
8057 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8058 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
8059 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8060 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8061 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8062 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8063 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8064 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8065 names.
8066 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8067 rather than letting them get "local configuration
8068 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8069 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8070 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8071 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
8072 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8073 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8074 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8075 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8076 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8077 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8078 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8079 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8080 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
8081 of Georgia Tech.
8082 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
8083 Jim Murray of Stratus.
8084 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8085 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
8086 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8087 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8088 the local name prepended.
8089 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8090 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8091 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8092 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
8093 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8094 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
8095 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8096 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8097 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8098 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8099 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8100 :include: files and accounts that have shells
8101 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
8102 cause some .forward files that have worked
8103 before to start failing.
8104 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8105 NEW FILES:
8106 src/Makefile.DGUX
8107 src/Makefile.Dynix
8108 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8109 src/Makefile.Mach386
8110 src/Makefile.NetBSD
8111 src/Makefile.RISCos
8112 src/Makefile.SCO
8113 src/Makefile.SVR4
8114 src/Makefile.Titan
8115 cf/mailer/pop.m4
8116 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8117 cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8118 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8119 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8120 makemap/Makefile.dist
8121 praliases/Makefile.dist
8122
81238.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
8124 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8125 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8126 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8127 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
8128 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8129 class of attack.
8130 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8131 in a few critical places.
8132 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8133 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
8134 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
8135 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8136 and High-Energy Physics.
8137 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8138 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
8139 Eric Wassenaar.
8140 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8141 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8142 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
8143 Wassenaar.
8144 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8145 really become relevant in the next release, but some
8146 people need it for local patches. From Michael
8147 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8148 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8149 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8150 these can have different values depending on which
8151 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
8152 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8153 what uid/gid processes ran as.
8154 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8155 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8156 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8157 postmaster" case.
8158 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8159 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8160 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8161 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8162 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
8163 Christopher Davis.
8164 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8165 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8166 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
8167 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8168 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
8169 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
8170
81718.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
8172 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8173 addresses that get return-receipts.
8174 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8175 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8176 and end up sending the message several times.
8177 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8178 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8179 four hours".
8180 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8181 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
8182 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8183 Cornell University Medical College.
8184 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8185 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8186 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8187 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
8188 Wassenaar.
8189 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8190 connections fail during message collection. From
8191 Eric Wassenaar.
8192 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8193 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8194 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8195 Stratus.
8196 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8197 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
8198 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8199 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8200 by non-root users were not put into
8201 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8202 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
8203 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8204 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8205 could get confused as to whether a database was
8206 open or not.
8207 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8208 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8209 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
8210 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8211 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8212 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8213 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8214 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8215 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8216
82178.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
8218 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8219 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8220 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8221 propagated to the queue file.
8222
82238.6/8.6 1993/10/05
8224 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8225 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8226 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8227 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8228 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8229 header files but don't have the syscall.
8230 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8231 if trymx == FALSE.
8232 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8233 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8234 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8235 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8236 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8237 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8238 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8239 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8240 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8241 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8242 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8243 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8244 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8245 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
8246 Kanbe.
8247 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8248 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
8249 Wisner of The Well.
8250 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8251 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8252 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8253 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8254 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
8255 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8256 files that you should be able to read but have previously
8257 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8258 read permission.
8259 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8260 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8261 MX suppression will still work.
8262 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8263 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
8264 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8265 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8266 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8267 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
8268 Nakamura.
8269 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8270 "CX $Z" works.
8271 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8272 trying to send the original message if the connection
8273 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8274 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
8275 by John Myers of CMU.
8276 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8277 term bug.
8278 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8279 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8280 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8281 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
8282 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8283 queue interval. This is an important fix.
8284 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8285 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8286 ruleset testing a bit easier.
8287 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8288 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8289 level.
8290 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8291 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
8292 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
8293 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8294 address.
8295 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8296 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8297 Harvey Mudd College.
8298 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8299 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
8300 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8301 their full name information.
8302 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8303 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8304 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
8305 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8306 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8307 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8308 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8309 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8310 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8311 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8312 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
8313 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8314 PC TCP/IP implementations.
8315 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8316 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
8317 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
8318 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8319 names.
8320 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8321 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8322 helpful.
8323 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8324 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
8325 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
8326 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8327 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8328 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8329 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8330 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8331 that claims to be itself works properly.
8332 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8333 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8334 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8335 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8336 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8337 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
8338 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8339 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8340 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8341 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8342 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8343 scratch.
8344 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8345 true address to still send to the original address
8346 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8347 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8348 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8349 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
8350 more trouble than it was worth.
8351 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8352 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
8353 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8354 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
8355 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8356 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8357 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8358 the queue.
8359 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8360 messages don't come out with stale information.
8361 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8362 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8363 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8364 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
8365 Myers of CMU.
8366 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8367 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
8368 Corrigan.
8369 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8370 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
8371 sender address.
8372 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8373 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8374 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8375 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8376 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8377 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8378 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8379 that does bulk data transfer).
8380 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
8381 Amir Plivatsky.
8382 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
8383 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8384 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8385 bogus config files that were not caught.
8386 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8387 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8388 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8389 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8390 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8391 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8392 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8393 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8394 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8395 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8396 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8397 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8398 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8399 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8400 opened or if running with no database format defined.
8401 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8402 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8403 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8404 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
8405 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8406 Melbourne.
8407 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8408 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8409 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
8410 to match regular entries.
8411 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8412 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8413 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8414 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8415 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8416 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8417 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8418 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8419 error message so that the "subject" line of return
8420 messages is the best possible.
8421 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8422 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8423 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8424 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8425 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8426 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8427 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8428 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8429 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8430 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8431 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
8432 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8433 on the address.
8434 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8435 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8436 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8437 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8438 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8439 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8440 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8441 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8442 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8443 addresses in any detail.
8444 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8445 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8446 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8447 with an address such as "!foo".
8448 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8449 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
8450 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8451 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
8452 Bret Marquis.
8453
84548.5/8.5 1993/07/23
8455 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8456 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8457 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8458 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8459 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8460 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
8461 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8462 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8463 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
8464 Nakamura.
8465 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8466 are no DNS records matching the name.
8467 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8468 original message was received ... from localhost".
8469 The correct original host information is now included.
8470 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8471 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
8472 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
8473 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8474 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8475 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8476 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8477 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8478 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
8479 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8480 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
8481 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8482 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8483
84848.4/8.4 1993/07/22
8485 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
8486 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8487 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8488 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8489 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
8490 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8491 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8492 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8493 are really configuration errors. This option is
8494 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8495 UIUC sendmail.
8496 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8497 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
8498 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8499 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8500 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
8501 by Neil Rickert.
8502 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8503 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8504 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
8505 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8506 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
8507 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8508 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8509 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8510 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
8511 of dickering with error handling (see below).
8512 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
8513 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8514 humans.
8515 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8516 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
8517 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8518 repaired).
8519 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8520 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
8521 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8522 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
8523 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8524 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
8525 connection rather than sending QUIT.
8526 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8527 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8528 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
8529 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8530 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8531 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8532 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8533 core dumps on some machines.
8534 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8535 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8536 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8537 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8538 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8539 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
8540 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8541 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8542 some true error conditions.
8543 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8544 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
8545 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8546 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8547 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8548 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
8549 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
8550 by Motonori Nakamura.
8551 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8552 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
8553 caused error messages to be handled differently during
8554 a queue run than a direct run.
8555 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8556 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8557 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8558 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8559 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8560 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8561 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8562 restart it.
8563 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8564 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
8565 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8566 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8567 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8568 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
8569 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8570 is appropriately functional.
8571 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8572 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8573 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
8574 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8575 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8576 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8577 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8578 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8579 Technologies.
8580 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8581 process group id. The original fix was to get around
8582 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8583 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8584 different from the process id. I could try to fix
8585 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8586 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8587 things.
8588 Portability changes:
8589 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8590 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8591 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
8592 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8593 of Colorado.
8594 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
8595 help other strict ANSI compilers.
8596 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8597 Corporation.
8598 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8599 documentation apparently doesn't define
8600 __STDC__ by default).
8601 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8602 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8603 Motonori Nakamura.
8604 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8605 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8606 several people have made a good argument that this
8607 creates more problems than it solves (although this
8608 may prove painful in the short run).
8609 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8610 format.
8611 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8612 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8613 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8614 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8615 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8616 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8617 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8618 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8619 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8620 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8621 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8622 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8623 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8624 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8625 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8626 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8627 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8628 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
8629 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8630 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
8631 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8632 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8633 environments. Ugly as sin.
8634
86358.3/8.3 1993/07/13
8636 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8637 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8638 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
8639 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8640 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8641 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8642 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
8643 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8644 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8645 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8646 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
8647 "user friendly".
8648 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8649 16 bytes/sec.
8650 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8651 compatibility library. This also adds a new
8652 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8653 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8654 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8655 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
8656 for quick test cases.
8657 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8658 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8659 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8660 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8661 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8662 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8663 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
8664 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8665 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
8666 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8667 From Michael Corrigan.
8668 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8669 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
8670 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8671 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8672 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8673 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8674 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8675 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
8676 Christophe Wolfhugel.
8677 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8678
86798.2/8.2 1993/07/11
8680 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8681 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8682 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
8683 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8684 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
8685 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8686 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8687 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
8688 from Bill Wisner.
8689 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8690 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8691 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
8692 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8693 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8694 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8695 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8696 match the other flags in that file.
8697 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
8698 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8699 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8700 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8701 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8702 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
8703 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8704 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
8705 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8706 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8707 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
8708 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8709 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8710 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8711 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8712 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
8713 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8714 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
8715 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8716 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8717 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8718 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8719 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8720 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8721 the root and directories leading up to your home);
8722 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8723 be owned by you.
8724 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8725 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8726 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8727 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8728 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8729 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8730 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8731 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
8732 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8733 is separate; this is just intended to work around
8734 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8735 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
8736 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8737 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8738 matching without a null it never tries again with a
8739 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
8740 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8741 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
8742 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
8743 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8744 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8745 it adapts.
8746 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8747 will insert the appropriate full name information;
8748 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8749 way.
8750 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8751 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8752 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8753 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8754 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8755 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8756 only happen when there has been another error in the
8757 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
8758 by default in conf.h.
8759 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8760 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
8761 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8762 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8763 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8764 This output is not intended to be particularly human
8765 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8766 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8767 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
8768 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8769 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8770 See cf/README for an example.
8771 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8772 sites that don't use the -d flag.
8773 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8774 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8775 has been requested by several people, but can break
8776 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8777 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8778 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8779 broken. Use it sparingly.
8780 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
8781 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
8782 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8783 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
8784 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8785 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
8786 Bill Wisner of The Well.
8787 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8788 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
8789 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8790
87918.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
8792 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8793 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8794 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8795 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8796 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8797 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8798
87998.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
8800 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8801 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
8802 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8803
88048.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
8805 Another mailertable fix....
8806
88078.1/8.1 1993/06/07
8808 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.